SingleRAN SRAN9.0
Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description Issue
Draft A
Date
2014-01-20
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:
Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
[email protected]
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Contents
Contents 1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1 1.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................1 1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................2 1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................2
2 Overview.........................................................................................................................................4 2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................................................4 2.2 Benefits...........................................................................................................................................................................5 2.3 Usage Scenario...............................................................................................................................................................5 2.3.1 Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side...........................................................................................................................5 2.3.2 GU/GL/UL/GT/UT/LTGUL/GUT/GLT/ULT/GULT Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side.........6
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side........................................................................9 3.1 Co-Transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces...........................................................................................................9 3.1.1 Network Topologies....................................................................................................................................................9 3.1.2 Protocol Stack............................................................................................................................................................10 3.1.3 Protocol Stack Application........................................................................................................................................11 3.2 Co-Transmission for the Iu-CS and A Interfaces.........................................................................................................12 3.2.1 Network Topologies..................................................................................................................................................12 3.2.2 Protocol Stack............................................................................................................................................................13 3.2.3 Protocol Stack Application........................................................................................................................................14 3.3 Co-Transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb Interfaces........................................................................................................15 3.3.1 Network Topologies..................................................................................................................................................15 3.3.2 Protocol Stack............................................................................................................................................................16 3.3.3 Protocol Stack Application........................................................................................................................................16
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side.......................................................18 4.1 TDM-based Co-Transmission......................................................................................................................................18 4.2 IP-based Co-Transmission............................................................................................................................................19 4.2.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................20 4.2.2 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection of the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station.................................................................................................................................................................................30 4.2.3 UTRP-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Side ............................................................................................................................................................................................32
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ii
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Contents
4.2.4 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Side................................................................................................................................................................33 4.2.5 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Side.....................................................................................................................................................................................34 4.2.6 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT Multimode Base Station Side..............................................................................36
5 Related Features...........................................................................................................................38 5.1 Features Related to IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side.............................................................................38 5.1.1 Prerequisite Features..................................................................................................................................................38 5.1.2 Mutually Exclusive Features.....................................................................................................................................39 5.1.3 Affected Features.......................................................................................................................................................39 5.2 Features Related to Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side................................................................39 5.2.1 Prerequisite Features..................................................................................................................................................39 5.2.2 Mutually Exclusive Features.....................................................................................................................................40 5.2.3 Affected Features.......................................................................................................................................................40
6 Impact on the Network...............................................................................................................41 6.1 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side.............................................................................................................41 6.1.1 Impact on System Capacity.......................................................................................................................................41 6.1.2 Impact on Network Performance...............................................................................................................................41 6.2 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side................................................................................................41 6.2.1 Impact on System Capacity.......................................................................................................................................41 6.2.2 Impact on Network Performance...............................................................................................................................42
7 Engineering Guidelines.............................................................................................................43 7.1 When to Use Co-Transmission.....................................................................................................................................43 7.1.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side....................................................................................................................43 7.1.2 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side.............................................................................................43 7.2 Information to Be Collected.........................................................................................................................................44 7.3 Network Planning.........................................................................................................................................................44 7.4 Co-Transmission for Iub and Abis Interfaces on the MBSC Side...............................................................................45 7.4.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................45 7.4.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................46 7.4.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................50 7.4.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................50 7.4.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................50 7.4.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................50 7.5 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.........................................................................................................................51 7.5.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................51 7.5.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................52 7.5.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................55 7.5.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................55 7.5.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................55 Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Contents
7.5.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................58 7.6 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LU/TU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.........................................................................................................................58 7.6.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................58 7.6.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................59 7.6.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................63 7.6.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................63 7.6.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................64 7.6.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................66 7.7 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.........................................................................................................................66 7.7.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................66 7.7.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................67 7.7.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................70 7.7.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................71 7.7.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................71 7.7.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................73 7.8 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/TGU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode......................................................................................................74 7.8.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................74 7.8.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................75 7.8.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................81 7.8.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................81 7.8.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................81 7.8.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................85 7.9 Main-Control-Board-based IP Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side.............................................................................................................................................86 7.9.1 Deployment Requirements........................................................................................................................................86 7.9.2 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................87 7.9.3 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................92 7.9.4 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................92 7.9.5 Initial Configuration..................................................................................................................................................92 7.9.6 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................95 7.10 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode......................................................................................................96 7.10.1 Deployment Requirements......................................................................................................................................96 7.10.2 Data Preparation......................................................................................................................................................97 7.10.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................101 7.10.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................102 7.10.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................102 7.10.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................105 7.11 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode................................................................................................................................105 Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iv
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Contents
7.11.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................105 7.11.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................106 7.11.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................111 7.11.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................111 7.11.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................111 7.11.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................114 7.12 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode....................................................................................................115 7.12.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................115 7.12.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................116 7.12.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................121 7.12.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................122 7.12.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................122 7.12.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................125 7.13 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode................................................................................................................................126 7.13.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................126 7.13.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................127 7.13.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................133 7.13.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................133 7.13.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................133 7.13.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................137 7.14 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LU/TU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode....................................................................................................137 7.14.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................137 7.14.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................138 7.14.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................144 7.14.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................144 7.14.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................144 7.14.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................148 7.15 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.......................................................................................................................148 7.15.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................148 7.15.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................149 7.15.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................159 7.15.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................159 7.15.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................159 7.15.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................164 7.16 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG +T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode..............................................................................................165 7.16.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................165 7.16.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................168 7.16.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................177 Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Contents
7.16.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................177 7.16.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................177 7.16.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................183 7.17 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/ GE Mode...........................................................................................................................................................................184 7.17.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................184 7.17.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................185 7.17.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................187 7.17.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................189 7.17.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................189 7.17.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................189 7.18 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.............................................................................................................................................................190 7.18.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................190 7.18.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................191 7.18.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................193 7.18.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................195 7.18.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................195 7.18.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................196 7.19 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side..........196 7.19.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................196 7.19.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................197 7.19.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................199 7.19.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................201 7.19.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................201 7.19.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................202 7.20 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a NodeB to Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.............................................................................................................................................................202 7.20.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................202 7.20.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................204 7.20.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................206 7.20.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................207 7.20.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................207 7.20.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................207 7.21 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-based IP Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection to UTRPcbased Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode........................................................................................................................................................208 7.21.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................208 7.21.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................209 7.21.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................210 Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vi
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Contents
7.21.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................212 7.21.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................213 7.21.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................213 7.22 Reconstruction from UTRPc-Backplane-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side to UTRPc-Backplane-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode................................................................................................................................214 7.22.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................214 7.22.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................216 7.22.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................224 7.22.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................225 7.22.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................226 7.22.6 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................228 7.22.7 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................229 7.23 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the UG Multimode Base Station Side to UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the SeparateMPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side...........................................................................................................229 7.23.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................230 7.23.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................231 7.23.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................234 7.23.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................236 7.23.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................236 7.23.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................237 7.24 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-Panel-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side to Main-Control-Board-Panel-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG +L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side..........................................................................................................................238 7.24.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................238 7.24.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................241 7.24.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure..........................................................................................................243 7.24.4 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................245 7.24.5 Reconfiguration.....................................................................................................................................................245 7.24.6 Rollback.................................................................................................................................................................246 7.25 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode........................................................................................................................247 7.25.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................247 7.25.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................248 7.25.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................251 7.25.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................251 7.25.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................251 7.25.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................253 7.26 UTRP4-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode.............................................................................................................................................253 7.26.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................254 7.26.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................254 Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vii
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Contents
7.26.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................257 7.26.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................257 7.26.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................258 7.26.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................259 7.27 GTMU-based TDM Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT GU Multimode Base Station Side............................260 7.27.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................260 7.27.2 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................260 7.27.3 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................260 7.27.4 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................261 7.27.5 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................262 7.28 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GU/GL/UL/GT/UT/LT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode ..........................................................................................................................................................................................262 7.28.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................262 7.28.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................263 7.28.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................266 7.28.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................266 7.28.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................266 7.28.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................267 7.29 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GUL/GUT/GLT/ULT/GULT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode ..........................................................................................................................................................................................268 7.29.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................268 7.29.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................269 7.29.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................272 7.29.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................272 7.29.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................272 7.29.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................274 7.30 Co-Transmission on the Hybrid-MPT GUL Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.....................275 7.30.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................275 7.30.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................276 7.30.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................281 7.30.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................281 7.30.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................281 7.30.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................285 7.31 Main-control-board -based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/TGU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode....................................................................................................285 7.31.1 Deployment Requirements....................................................................................................................................285 7.31.2 Data Preparation....................................................................................................................................................289 7.31.3 Precautions.............................................................................................................................................................298 7.31.4 Hardware Adjustment............................................................................................................................................298 7.31.5 Initial Configuration..............................................................................................................................................298 7.31.6 Activation Observation..........................................................................................................................................303 7.32 Performance Monitoring...........................................................................................................................................304 Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
viii
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Contents
7.32.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side................................................................................................................304 7.32.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side....................................................................................304 7.33 Parameter Optimization............................................................................................................................................304 7.33.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side................................................................................................................304 7.33.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side....................................................................................304 7.34 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................305 7.34.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side................................................................................................................305 7.34.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side....................................................................................305
8 Parameters...................................................................................................................................306 9 Counters...................................................................................................................................... 365 10 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................371 11 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................372
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ix
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
1 About This Document
1
About This Document
1.1 Scope This document describes the common transmission (co-transmission) solutions on the multimode base station controller (MBSC) and multimode base station sides and provides engineering guidelines. The document involves the following feature on the MBSC side: l
MRFD-211502 IP-Based BSC and RNC Co-Transmission on MBSC Side
The document involves the following features on the multimode base station side: l
MRFD-211504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (GBTS)
l
MRFD-211501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(GBTS)
l
MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(NodeB)
l
MRFD-221504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB)
l
MRFD-231501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(eNodeB)
l
MRFD-241501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(LTE TDD) NOTE
For details about IP transmission, see IP Transmission Feature Parameter Description for SingleRAN.
In this document, the following naming conventions apply for LTE terms. Includes FDD and TDD
Includes FDD Only
Includes TDD Only
LTE
LTE FDD
LTE TDD
eNodeB
LTE FDD eNodeB
LTE TDD eNodeB
eRAN
LTE FDD eRAN
LTE TDD eRAN
In addition, the "L" and "T" in RAT acronyms refer to LTE FDD and LTE TDD, respectively. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
1 About This Document
1.2 Intended Audience This document is intended for personnel who: l
Need to understand the features described herein
l
Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are two types of changes, which are defined as follows: l
Feature change Changes in features of a specific product version
l
Editorial change Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version
Draft A (2014-01-20) Compared with 01 (2013-04-28) of SRAN8.0, Draft A (2014-01-20) of SRAN9.0 includes the following changes.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
1 About This Document
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature change
Added common transmission for the LTE TDD mode.
None
Huawei mobile network management system M2000 is renamed U2000. Added UMPT+UMPT interconnection. For details, see the following sections: l 7.3 Network Planning l 7.16 Main-Control-Board-based CoTransmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/ UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode l 7.24 Reconstruction from Main-ControlBoard-Panel-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side to Main-Control-Board-PanelInterconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side l 7.31 Main-control-board -based CoTransmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/ TGU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode Editorial change
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
None.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
None
3
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
2
Overview
2.1 Introduction This document describes the co-transmission feature in which multiple modes of a GU, GL, UL, or GUL multimode base station or multimode base station controller share transmission ports and the transport network. Table 2-1 lists the definitions of all kinds of base stations. Table 2-1 Definitions of base stations Base Station Name
Definition
GBTS
GBTS refers to a base station deployed with GTMU.
eGBTS
eGBTS refers to a base station deployed with UMPT_G.
NodeB
NodeB refers to a base station deployed with WMPT or UMPT_U.
eNodeB
eNodeB refers to a base station deployed with LMPT or UMPT_L.
Co-MPT Multimode Base Station
Co-MPT multimode base station refers to a base station deployed with UMPT_GU, UMPT_GL, UMPT_UL, or UMPT_GUL, and it functionally corresponds to any combination of eGBTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. For example, Co-MPT multimode base station deployed with UMPT_GU functionally corresponds to the combination of eGBTS and NodeB.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
Base Station Name
Definition
Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station
Separate-MPT multimode base station refers to a base station on which different modes use different main control boards. For example, base stations deployed with GTMU and WMPT are called separate-MPT GSM/ UMTS dual-mode base station.
NOTE
l An MBSC mentioned in this document can be a GU MBSC, BSC, or RNC. In addition, the GSM side of an MBSC is referred to as BSC, and the UMTS side of an MBSC is referred to as RNC in this document. l A multimode base station mentioned in this document can be a GU, GL, UL, GT, UT, or LT dual-mode base station, a GUL, GUT, GLT, ULT triple-mode base station, or a GULT quadruple-mode base station. In addition, the GSM side of a multimode base station is referred to as GBTS or eGBTS, the UMTS side of a multimode base station is referred to as NodeB, and the LTE side of a multimode base station is referred to as eNodeB in this document. The operation and maintenance (O&M) of a GBTS is implemented by the BSC while the O&M of an eGBTS is implemented by the eGBTS itself.
2.2 Benefits Co-transmission reduces the capital expenditure (CAPEX) and operating expense (OPEX) and simplifies transport network maintenance in the following ways: l
Sharing transmission ports reduces transmission bearer links.
l
Sharing the transport network simplifies transmission configuration and maintenance.
l
A smooth evolution from GSM to UMTS or LTE can be achieved with less transport network adjustments.
2.3 Usage Scenario 2.3.1 Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side Figure 2-1 shows the typical usage scenario for co-transmission on the MBSC side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
Figure 2-1 Typical usage scenario for co-transmission on the MBSC side
As shown in Figure 2-1 , the GSM and UMTS networks share an MBSC. In this situation, cotransmission is achieved in the following ways: l
The Iu-CS and A interfaces as well as the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces of the MBSC share an IP transport network when GSM and UMTS share the core network (including the MSC server, MGW, and SGSN).
l
The Iub and Abis interfaces of the MBSC share an IP transport network.
2.3.2 GU/GL/UL/GT/UT/LTGUL/GUT/GLT/ULT/GULT CoTransmission on the Multimode Base Station Side Multimode base stations are categorized into separate-MPT multimode base stations and coMPT multimode base stations based on the deployment of main processing and transmission (MPT) boards. TDM-based co-transmission is supported only by separate-MPT GU multimode base stations. For details, see section 4.1 TDM-based Co-Transmission. IP-based co-transmission is supported by separate-MPT and co-MPT multimode base stations. NOTE
GU: GSM and UMTS GL: GSM and LTE UL: UMTS and LTE GUL: GSM, UMTS, and LTE
IP-based Co-Transmission of the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station NOTE
A separate-MPT multimode base station is a physical base station in which different modes use different main control boards. Such a multimode base station consists of multiple logical base stations, each of which has an independent operation and maintenance (O&M) channel.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
Table 2-2 describes different types of co-transmission Table 2-2 Different types of co-transmission Co-Transmission Type Co-transmission through panel interconnection
Co-transmission through backplane interconnection
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Description Main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection
The main control board of a mode provides the cotransmission port and the main control boards of all modes are connected through panel interconnection. The co-transmission port can either be an FE/GE port or an E1/T1 port. For details, see 4.2.2 "Main-Control-Boardbased Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection."
UTRP-based cotransmission through panel interconnection
The UTRP of a mode provides the co-transmission port. The main control boards of all modes are connected through panel interconnection or the main control boards of other modes are connected to the UTRP through panel interconnection. The cotransmission port can either be an FE/GE port or an E1/T1 port. For details, see section section 4.2.3 "UTRP-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection."
Main-control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection
In this co-transmission mode, the main control board of a mode provides the cotransmission port and the main control boards of all modes are connected through backplane interconnection. The co-transmission port must be an FE/GE port. For details, see section 4.2.4 "Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection."
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
2 Overview
Co-Transmission Type
Description UTRPc-based cotransmission through backplane interconnection
The UTRPc of a mode provides the co-transmission port and the main control boards of other modes are connected to the UTRPc through backplane interconnection. The cotransmission port must be an FE/GE port. For details, see section 4.2.5 "UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection."
IP Based Co-Transmission of the Co-MPT Multimode Base Station NOTE
A co-MPT multimode base station is a physical base station in which different modes share one main control board. Such a multimode base station has only one logical base station and one O&M channel.
Different modes of a co-MPT multimode base station share one UMPT and one O&M channel. The GSM side of a co-MPT multimode base station must be an eGBTS. The UMPT of a co-MPT multimode base station provides the co-transmission port. The cotransmission port can either be an FE/GE port or an E1/T1 port. The co-transmission port for a co-MPT GU multimode base station must be an FE/GE port. NOTE
This document uses the distributed base station (DBS) as an example to describe the co-transmission on the base station side. The co-transmission principle for macro base stations is the same as that for DBSs and therefore is not described in this document. A multimode base station supports IP-based co-transmission through panel interconnection since V100R003, supports IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection since V100R007, and supports co-MPT deployment since V100R008. If the link between the co-transmission port and the transport network is disconnected, services of all modes are interrupted.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
3.1 Co-Transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces 3.1.1 Network Topologies When the MBSC operates in GU mode, the Iub and Abis interfaces share the IP transport network and the physical ports on the interface boards of the MBSC. Figure 3-1 shows the network topology of the co-transmission in FE/GE mode. Figure 3-2 shows the network topology of the co-transmission in E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode. Co-transmission in FE/GE mode is recommended because an FE/GE port has a wider bandwidth than an E1/T1 port. Figure 3-1 Co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces in FE/GE mode on the MBSC side
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
Figure 3-2 Co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces in E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode on the MBSC side
NOTE
l IP_GCP: GSM control-plane IP address l IP_GUP: GSM user-plane IP address l IP_UCP: UMTS control-plane IP address l IP_UUP: UMTS user-plane IP address
The Abis/Iub interface board identifies GSM data and UMTS data, and sends the data to the corresponding GSM or UMTS service processing board and signaling processing board.
3.1.2 Protocol Stack Figure 3-3 shows the protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces if the multimode base station is a separate-MPT one. Figure 3-3 Protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces (1)
As shown in Figure 3-3, the interface board shared by the Iub and Abis interfaces is responsible for protocol processing at the physical layer, data link layer, network layer (IP), and transport Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
link layer (UDP and UDP MUX). The protocols at other layers are processed on the control plane processing boards and user plane processing boards of UMTS and GSM separately. Figure 3-4 shows the protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces if the multimode base station is a co-MPT one. Figure 3-4 Protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces (2)
3.1.3 Protocol Stack Application Physical Layer The following types of ports on MBSC interface boards support the IP-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces: l
GE optical ports on a GOUa, GOUc or GOUe
l
FE/GE electrical ports on an FG2a or FG2c
l
Channelized STM-1/OC-3 optical ports on a POUc or POUa
Data Link Layer When FE/GE is used in co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces, the Ethernet protocol is used at the data link layer. When E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 is used in co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces, Pointto-Point Protocol (PPP) or Multi-Link Point to Point Protocol (MLPPP) is used at the data link layer. A PPP link can be bound with one to thirty-one 64 kbit/s timeslots and the timeslots must be carried on the same E1/T1. A PPP link in an MLPPP link group is bound with at least eight timeslots. In addition, the number of timeslots bound with each PPP link in the MLPPP link group must be the same. BTS data and NodeB data can be transmitted over different PPP links or MLPPP link groups. Alternatively, they can be transmitted over the same PPP link or MLPPP link group, and BTS data and NodeB data are distinguished by UDP port numbers in this scenario. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
Network Layer Based on communication types, IP addresses can be classified into port IP addresses and device IP addresses. A port IP address refers to a physical IP address of a port on an interface board. A device IP address refers to a logical IP address of a port on an interface board. Port IP addresses must be configured, and device IP addresses are optional. The Iub and Abis interfaces can share one port IP address or use different port IP addresses. Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses, as well as operation and maintenance (OM) channel IP addresses on the Iub and Abis interfaces can be either port IP addresses or device IP addresses. The IP address planning principles are as follows: l
Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses on the Iub interface On the Iub interface, the control-plane IP address and user-plane IP address can be the same or different.
l
Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses on the Abis interface On the Abis interface, the control-plane IP address can be the same as the user-plane IP address. The control-plane IP address and user-plane IP address can be the same on the Iub and Abis interfaces.
l
OM channel IP address On the Iub interface, – If the OM channel between the NodeB and the U2000 is established on the MBSC, the OM channel IP address must be configured on the NodeB and U2000, and the OM packet forwarding route must be configured on the MBSC. In this scenario, the MBSC forwards the packets between the U2000 and the NodeB. – If the OM channel between the NodeB and the U2000 is not established on the MBSC, the OM channel IP address must be configured on the NodeB and U2000. On the Abis interface, the BTS IP addresses must be configured on the MBSC. If the BSC is not enabled with the GBFD-118613 BTS Multi-IP Address feature, the OM channel, control-plane, and user-plane IP addresses of the BTS must be the same. If the BSC is enabled with the GBFD-118613 BTS Multi-IP Address feature, the OM channel IP address can be different from the control-plane or user-plane IP address of the BTS.
3.2 Co-Transmission for the Iu-CS and A Interfaces 3.2.1 Network Topologies When the MBSC operates in GU mode, the Iu-CS and A interfaces can share the IP transport network and the physical ports on the interface boards of the MBSC. Figure 3-5 shows the network topology of the co-transmission in FE/GE mode. Figure 3-6 shows the network topology of the co-transmission in E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode. Co-transmission in FE/GE mode is recommended because an FE/GE port has a wider bandwidth than an E1/T1 port. The A/Iu-CS interface board identifies GSM data and UMTS data, and sends the data to the corresponding GSM or UMTS service processing board and signaling processing board.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
Figure 3-5 Co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces in FE/GE mode
Figure 3-6 Co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces in E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode
NOTE
IP_GCP: GSM control-plane IP address IP_GUP: GSM user-plane IP address IP_UCP: UMTS control-plane IP address IP_UCP: UMTS user-plane IP address
3.2.2 Protocol Stack Figure 3-7 shows the protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
Figure 3-7 Protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces
As shown in Figure 3-7, the interface board shared by the Iu-CS and A interfaces is responsible for protocol processing at the physical layer, data link layer, network layer (IP), and transport link layer (UDP and UDP MUX). The protocols at other layers are processed on the control plane processing boards and user plane processing boards of UMTS and GSM separately.
3.2.3 Protocol Stack Application Physical Layer The following types of ports on MBSC interface boards support the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces: l
GE optical ports on a GOUa, GOUc or GOUe
l
FE/GE electrical ports on an FG2a or FG2c
l
Channelized STM-1/OC-3 optical ports on a POUc
Data Link Layer When FE/GE is used in co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces, the Ethernet protocol is used at the data link layer. When E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 is used in co-transmission for the Iu-CS and A interfaces, PPP or MLPPP is used at the data link layer. A PPP link can be bound with one to thirty-one 64 kbit/ s timeslots and the timeslots must be carried on the same E1/T1. A PPP link in an MLPPP link group is bound with at least eight timeslots. In addition, the number of timeslots bound with each PPP link in the MLPPP link group must be the same.
Network Layer Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses on the Iu-CS and A interfaces can be either port IP addresses or device IP addresses. The Iu-CS and A interfaces can share one port IP address or use different port IP addresses. It is recommended the interfaces use different port IP addresses. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
The IP address planning principles are as follows: l
Control-plane IP addresses The Iu-CS and A interfaces can share the same control-plane IP address. Generally, the SCTP link uses two control-plane IP addresses for one interface board. One IP address is used as the primary IP address and the other one as the secondary IP address. The SCTP links over the Iu-CS and A interfaces on the MBSC side share the two IP addresses, and Iu-CS data and A interface data are distinguished by SCTP port numbers in this scenario. For details about the SCTP links on the Iu-CS and A interfaces, see IP Transport Architecture Feature Parameter Description on the GSM BSS and WCDMA RAN sides.
l
User-plane IP addresses The Iu-CS and A interfaces use different user-plane IP addresses. The UDP MUX technique uses different Real-time Transfer Protocol (RTP) compression algorithms on the Iu-CS and A interfaces. Therefore, a separate user-plane IP address must be planned on the Iu-CS interface and A interface to distinguish the data on the Iu-CS interface from the data on the A interface.
On the Iu-CS interface and the A interface, the control-plane IP address can be the same as the user-plane IP address.
3.3 Co-Transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb Interfaces 3.3.1 Network Topologies When the MBSC operates in GU mode, the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces can share the IP transport network and the physical ports on the interface board of the MBSC. The Gb interface does not support IP over E1; therefore, the co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces is only based on FE/GE. Figure 3-8 shows the network topology of the FE/GE-based co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces. The Gb/Iu-PS interface board on the MBSC identifies and processes the GSM/UMTS data, and then sends the data to the corresponding GSM/UMTS service processing board and signaling processing board. Figure 3-8 Co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces in FE/GE mode
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
NOTE
IP_GCP: GSM control-plane IP address IP_UCP: UMTS control-plane IP address IP_GUP: GSM user-plane IP address IP_UUP: UMTS user-plane IP address
3.3.2 Protocol Stack Figure 3-9 shows the protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces. Figure 3-9 Protocol stack of the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces
As shown in Figure 3-9, the interface board shared by the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces is responsible for protocol processing at the physical layer, data link layer, network layer (IP), and transport link layer (UDP and UDP MUX). The protocols at other layers are processed on the control plane processing boards and user plane processing boards of UMTS and GSM separately.
3.3.3 Protocol Stack Application Physical Layer The following types of ports on MBSC interface boards support the IP-based co-transmission for the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces: l
GE optical ports on a GOUa, GOUc or GOUe
l
FE/GE electrical ports on an FG2a or FG2c
Data Link Layer When co-transmission is implemented on the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces, the Ethernet protocol is used at the data link layer. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side
Network Layer Control-plane and user-plane IP addresses on the Iu-PS and Gb interfaces can be either port IP addresses or device IP addresses. The Iu-PS and Gb interfaces can share one port IP address or use different port IP addresses. It is recommended the interfaces use different port IP addresses. l
Control-plane IP addresses Generally, the SCTP link uses two control-plane IP addresses for one Iu-PS interface board. One IP address is used as the primary IP address and the other one as the secondary IP address. For details about the SCTP links on the Iu-PS interfaces, see IP Transport Architecture Feature Parameter Description on the WCDMA RAN side. No control-plane IP address is assigned on the Gb interface.
l
User-plane IP addresses The Iu-PS and Gb interfaces can share a user-plane IP address or use different user-plane IP addresses. On the Iu-PS interface, the Tunnel End Point Identifier (TEID) at the GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP-U) layer is used to identify users. The GTP-U uses the fixed UDP port 2152.
On the Iu-PS interface and the Gb interface, the control-plane IP address can be the same as the user-plane IP address.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
4.1 TDM-based Co-Transmission GU multimode base stations support TDM-based co-transmission. This section relates to the following optional features: l
MRFD-221504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (NodeB)
l
MRFD-211504 TDM-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission via Backplane on BS side (GBTS)
TDM-based co-transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces on the multimode base station side can be implemented by TDM over packet (TOP). The GSM and UMTS traffic can be multiplexed onto the same SDH/PDH network by using the TDM timeslot cross-connection function. The RNC and NodeB can use the fractional ATM or fractional IP function to map ATM cells or IP packets onto several E1 timeslots. The GSM and UMTS networks can share TDM timeslots on the Abis and Iub interfaces. Figure 4-1 shows the principle of TDM-based co-transmission. Figure 4-1 Principle of TDM-based co-transmission
Figure 4-2 shows TDM timeslot sharing on the Iub interface. By using the fractional ATM or fractional IP function, UMTS data is transmitted on some E1 timeslots, and GSM data is transmitted on the remaining E1 timeslots. In this scenario, the UMTS equipment provides the timeslot cross-connection function. The OML of the BTS cannot be carried on the cotransmission link on the backplane; the OML must be carried on an E1 cable that is connected to the BTS panel. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Figure 4-2 TDM timeslot sharing on the Iub interface
Figure 4-3 shows TDM timeslot sharing on the Abis interface. By using the fractional ATM or fractional IP function, GSM data is transmitted on some E1 timeslots, and UMTS data is transmitted on the remaining E1 timeslots. In this solution, the GSM equipment provides the timeslot cross-connect function. Figure 4-3 TDM timeslot sharing on the Abis interface
NOTE
If TDM-based co-transmission is used and the BTS shares E1/T1 transmission resources to the NodeB, it is recommended that the E1/T1 clock source be configured on the BTS, and the NodeB uses the E1/T1 clock source provided by the BTS.
4.2 IP-based Co-Transmission This section relates to the following optional features: l
MRFD-211501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(GBTS)
l
MRFD-221501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(NodeB)
l
MRFD-231501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(eNodeB)
l
MRFD-241501 IP-Based Multi-mode Co-Transmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
4.2.1 Overview Introduction to Main Control Boards and Universal Transmission Processing Units Co-transmission ports can be provided by main control boards or universal transmission processing units of a multimode base station. Table 4-1 lists the main control boards and universal transmission processing units of a multimode base station. Table 4-1 Main control boards and universal transmission processing units of a multimode base station Board Type
Board Name
Supported Mode
Description
Main control board
GTMU
GSM
l One 4-route IP over E1/T1 port l One IP over FE electrical port, and one IP over FE optical port NOTE There are two types of GTMU boards: GTMU and GTMUb. Both the GTMU and GTMUb support co-transmission through panel interconnection, and only the GTMUb supports co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
WMPT
UMTS
l One 4-route ATM/IP over E1/T1 port l One IP over FE electrical port, and one IP over FE optical port
LMPT
LTE
l Two IP over FE/GE electrical ports l Two IP over FE/GE optical ports
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Board Type
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Board Name
Supported Mode
Description
UMPT
GSM/UMTS/LTE
l One 4-route ATM/IP over E1/T1 port l One FE/GE electrical port, and one FE/GE optical port NOTE UMPTs in the multimode base stations of V100R007C00 are only for NodeBs and eNodeBs. UMPTs in the multimode base stations of V100R008C00 can be used for eGBTSs, NodeBs, eNodeBs, and co-MPT multimode base stations. This document refers to the UMPT on the eGBTS, NodeB, and eNodeB side of a separateMPT multimode base station as UMPT_G, UMPT_U, UMPT_L, respectively. This document refers to the UMPT of a GU/ GL/UL/GUL co-MPT multimode base station as UMPT_GU, UMPT_GL, UMTP_UL, and UMPT_GUL, respectively.
Universal transmission processing unit
UTRP2
UMTS
Two FE/GE optical ports
UTRP3
UMTS
Two 4-route ATM over E1/ T1 ports
UTRP4
UMTS
Two 4-route IP over E1/T1 ports
UTRPb4
GSM
Two 4-route TDM over E1/ T1 ports
UTRP9
UMTS
Four IP over FE/GE electrical ports
UTRPc
GSM/UMTS/LTE
Four IP over FE/GE electrical ports Two IP over FE/GE optical ports
NOTE
A co-MPT multimode base station only supports the UTRP2/UTRP3/UTRP4/UTRP9 but not the UTRPb4. The UTRPs supported by the co-MPT multimode base station carry only UMTS services.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Co-Transmission Networking Scenarios For co-transmission on the separate-MPT multimode base station side, the main control board of an advanced RAT has higher processing capabilities than that of the other RAT. Therefore, the co-transmission port is provided by the eNodeB, NodeB, or BTS in descending order of priority. Table 4-2 lists the IP-based co-transmission scenarios on the multimode base station side. Table 4-2 IP-based co-transmission scenarios on the multimode base station side Multimode Base Station Type
Scenario
Sub-Scenario
Co-Transmission Solution
Separate-MPT
Main-control-boardbased cotransmission through panel interconnection
GU
An FE or E1/T1 port is used as a cotransmission port in the scenario where an FE port or E1/T1 port is used as a cotransmission port, the WMPT provides an FE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC. The GTMU of the base station is connected to the WMPT through FE port interconnection.
GL/GT
An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. The LMPT provides an FE/GE port as the co-transmission port to be connected to the GBSC, MME, and SGW. The GTMU of the base station is connected to the LMPT through FE port interconnection.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Multimode Base Station Type
Scenario
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Sub-Scenario
Co-Transmission Solution
UL/UT
An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. The LMPT provides an FE/GE port as the co-transmission port to be connected to the RNC, MME, and SGW. The WMPT of the NodeB is connected to the LMPT through FE port interconnection.
GUL/GUT
An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. Assume that the BTS and the NodeB share one BBU, and the eNodeB uses another BBU. The LMPT provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC, MME, and S-GW. The GTMU of the base station is connected to the WMPT through FE interconnection. WMPT and LMPT are also connected through FE port interconnection.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Multimode Base Station Type
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Scenario
Sub-Scenario
Co-Transmission Solution
UTRP-based cotransmission through panel interconnection
GU
An FE/GE or E1/T1 port is used as a cotransmission port.
Main-control-boardbased cotransmission through backplane interconnection
GL/GT
The UTRP provides an FE/GE or E1/T1 port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC. The GTMU of the base station is connected to the WMPT through FE or E1/T1 port interconnection. An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. The LMPT/ UMPT_L/UMPT_T provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the GBSC, MME, and SGW. The GTMUb of the base station is connected to the LMPT/UMPT_L/ UMPT_T through the backplane. GU
An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. The UMPT_U provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC. The GTMUb of the base station is connected to the UMPT_U through the backplane.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Multimode Base Station Type
Scenario
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Sub-Scenario
Co-Transmission Solution
UL/UT
An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. The UMPT_U provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the RNC, MME, and SGW. The LMPT/ UMPT_L/UMPT_T is connected to the UMPT_U through the backplane.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Multimode Base Station Type
Scenario
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Sub-Scenario
Co-Transmission Solution
GUL/GUT
An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. l The UMPT_U of the NodeB provides an FE/ GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC, MME, and SGW. The GTMUb of the BTS is connected to the UMPT_U through the backplane, and the UMPT_L/ UMTP_T of the eNodeB is connected to the UMPT_U through the UCIU. l The UMPT_L/ UMPT_T of the eNodeB provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC, MME, and SGW. The GTMUb of the BTS is connected to the WMPT through the backplane, and the WMPT of the NodeB is connected to the UMPT_L/ UMPT_T through the UCIU.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Multimode Base Station Type
Scenario
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Sub-Scenario
Co-Transmission Solution l The UMPT_L/ UMPT_T of the eNodeB provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC, MME, and SGW. The GTMUb of the BTS is connected to the UMPT_L/ UMPT_T through the backplane, and the UMPT_L/ UMPT_T of the eNodeB is connected to the UMPT_U through the UCIU. l The UMPT_U of the NodeB provides an FE/ GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC, MME, and SGW. The GTMUb of the BTS is connected to the LMPT through the backplane, and the LMPT of the eNodeB is connected to the UMPT_U through the UCIU.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Multimode Base Station Type
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Scenario
Sub-Scenario
Co-Transmission Solution
UTRPc-based cotransmission through backplane interconnection
GU
An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. The UTRPc is managed by the WMPT/UMPT_U of the NodeB and provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC. The GTMUb is connected to the UTRPc through the backplane.
UL/UT
An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. The UTRPc is managed by the LMPT/UMPT_L of the eNodeB and provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the RNC, MME, and SGW. The WMPT/ UMPT_U/UMPT_T is connected to the UTRPc through the backplane.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Multimode Base Station Type
Scenario
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Sub-Scenario
Co-Transmission Solution
GUL/GUT
An FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. The UTRPc is managed by the WMPT/UMPT_U of the NodeB and provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the MBSC, MME, and S-GW. The GTMUb of the base station is connected to the UTRPc through the backplane, and the UMPT_L/UMPT_T of the eNodeB is connected to the UTRPc through the UCIU.
Co-MPT
-
GU/UL/GL/GT/UT/ LT/GUL/GUT/GLT/ ULT/GULT
For the GU multimode base station, an E1/T1 or FE/GE port is used as a co-transmission port. For the UL/GL/GT/ UT/LT/GUL/GUT/ GLT/ULT/GULT multimode base station, an FE/GE port is used as a cotransmission port. The co-transmission port connects the base station and the MBSC, MME, and S-GW.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
NOTE
In the scenarios of separate-MPT multimode base station co-transmission through backplane interconnection, the base station of a mode that does not provide the co-transmission port cannot be connected to the transport network through a port on a board panel. A GTMUb board cannot transmit or receive a packet whose size is larger than 1500 bytes if co-transmission is achieved through backplane interconnection. Only the UTRPc supports co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
4.2.2 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection of the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station For co-transmission on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side (GTMU and WMPT are used), the co-transmission port is provided by the eNodeB, NodeB, or BTS in descending order of priority. This section uses the separate-MPT GU/GL multimode base station as an example to describe the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection.
Co-Transmission in IP over FE/GE Mode In IP over FE/GE mode, the main control board of each mode is interconnected through FE/GE port interconnection, and the main control board of a mode provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the IP transport network. Figure 4-4 and Figure 4-5 show the main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separateMPT GU/GL multimode base station sides in IP over FE/GE mode. Figure 4-4 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over FE mode
As shown in Figure 4-4, the WMPT of the NodeB provides an FE port as the co-transmission port, and the GTMU is connected to the WMPT through FE port interconnection. In this case, uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMU to the WMPT and then to the IP transport network, and downlink data to the BTS is transmitted from the IP transport network to the WMPT and then to the GTMU.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Figure 4-5 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT GL multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode
As shown in Figure 4-5, the LMPT of the eNodeB provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port, and the GTMU is connected to the LMPT through FE port interconnection. In this case, uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMU to the LMPT and then to the IP transport network, and downlink data to the BTS is transmitted from the IP transport network to the LMPT and then to the GTMU.
Co-Transmission in IP over E1/T1 Mode In IP over E1/T1 mode, the main control board of each mode is interconnected through FE/GE port interconnection, and the main control board of a mode provides an E1/T1 port as the cotransmission port to be connected to the IP transport network. Figure 4-6 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode
As shown in Figure 4-6, the WMPT of the NodeB provides an E1/T1 port as the co-transmission port, and the GTMU is connected to the WMPT through panel port interconnection. The WMPT uses MLPPP to bind E1 links. In this case, uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMU to the WMPT and then to the IP transport network, and downlink data to the BTS is transmitted from the IP transport network to the WMPT and then to the GTMU.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
4.2.3 UTRP-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Side Co-Transmission in IP over FE/GE Mode The following passages use the separate-MPT GU multimode base station as an example to describe the UTRP2-based co-transmission through panel interconnection in IP over FE/GE mode. Figure 4-7 shows the UTRP2-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode. Figure 4-7 UTRP2-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode
As shown in Figure 4-7, the UTRP2 managed by the NodeB provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port, and the GTMU is connected to the UTRP2 through panel port interconnection. In this case, uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMU to the UTRP2, and downlink data to the BTS is transmitted from the UTRP2 to the GTMU.
Co-Transmission in IP over E1/T1 Mode The following passages use the separate-MPT GU multimode base station as an example to describe the UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection in IP over E1/T1 mode. Figure 4-8shows the UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode. Figure 4-8 UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode
As shown in Figure 4-8, the UTRP4 provides an E1/T1 port as the co-transmission port, and the GTMU is connected to the WMPT through panel port interconnection. The UTRP4 uses MLPPP to bind E1 timeslots. In this case, uplink data of the GBTS is transmitted from the GTMU to the WMPT, then to the UTRP4, and downlink data to the GBTS is transmitted from the UTRP4 to the WMPT, then to the GTMU. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
4.2.4 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Side Main-control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection is supported by separate-MPT multimode base stations. In this co-transmission mode, the main control boards of the separate-MPT multimode base station must be configured as shown in Table 4-3. Table 4-3 Main control board configuration of a separate-MPT multimode base station Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station
Main Control Board Configuration
Board Recommended to Provide a CoTransmission Port
GU
GTMUb+UMPT_U
UMPT_U
GL/GT
GTMUb+UMPT_L/ UMPT_T/LMPT
LMPT/UMPT_L
UL/UT
WMPT+ LMPT
LMPT
WMPT+UMPT_L/ UMPT_T
UMPT_L/UMPT_T
UMPT_U+UMPT_L/ UMPT_T
UMPT_U
UMPT_U+LMPT
UMPT_U
GTMUb+ UMPT_U+ UMPT_L/UMPT_T
UMPT_U
GTMUb+ WMPT+ UMPT_L/UMPT_T
UMPT_L/UMPT_T
GTMUb+ UMPT_L/ UMPT_T+UMPT_U
UMPT_L/UMPT_T
GTMUb+ LMPT+UMPT_U
UMPT_U
GU+L/GU+T
GL/GT+U
Figure 4-9 uses the separate-MPT GL multimode base station as an example to show the maincontrol-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Figure 4-9 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT GL multimode base station side
As shown in Figure 4-9, the GTMUb and the LMPT communicate through the backplane. In this case, uplink data of the BTS is transmitted from the GTMUb to the LMPT and then to the IP transport network, and downlink data to the BTS is transmitted from the IP transport network to the LMPT and then to the GTMUb. NOTE
When the main control boards of different modes communicate through the backplane, each main control board must be configured with a tunnel to the peer main control board. Each tunnel is managed only by the mode of the corresponding main control board, and is uniquely numbered within the corresponding mode. Tunnels of different modes can have the same number. Here uses the network structure in Figure 4-9 as an example. The tunnel from the GTMUb to the LMPT is configured by running the ADD BTSTUNNEL command on the GSM side, and the tunnel from the LMPT to the GTMUb is configured by running the ADD TUNNEL command on the LTE side.
4.2.5 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT Multimode Base Station Side When a UTRPc is used for co-transmission, the UTRPc forwards data for multiple modes but is managed by only one mode. The management includes software management, hardware management, and configuration management. The mode that manages the UTRPc is called the managing mode, and other modes are called non-managing modes. If a multimode base station has more than one BBU, the UTRPc must be managed by the main control board that is located in the same BBU with the UTRPc. In a newly deployed site, it is recommended that UMTS be preferentially used as the managing mode, then LTE and GSM. In the scenarios of network reconstruction for co-transmission, select the managing mode that has minimum impact on the services in the live network. Figure 4-10 shows the UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the GU/UL multimode base station side as an example.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Figure 4-10 UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the GU/UL separate-MPT multimode base station side
As shown in Figure 4-10, the UTRPc provides an FE/GE port as the co-transmission port. The main control board of each mode communicates with the UTRPc through the backplane. The data of the managing mode is transmitted directly between the baseband board and the UTRPc. The data of the non-managing mode is transmitted between the baseband board and the UTRPc through the main control board. NOTE
When the main control board of the non-managing mode communicates with the UTRPc through the backplane, both the main control board and the UTRPc must be configured with a tunnel to each other. Each tunnel is managed only by the mode of the corresponding board, and is uniquely numbered within the corresponding mode. Tunnels of different modes can have the same number. Use the network structure in Figure 4-10 as an example and assume that mode 1 is the managing mode. The UTRPc must be configured with a tunnel to the main control board of mode 2, and the main control board of mode 2 must be configured with a tunnel to the UTRPc.
In the UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT GUL/GUT multimode base station side, two BBUs are required and they must be connected through a Universal Cascading Interface Unit (UCIU). Figure 4-11 shows the UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT GUL multimode base station side as an example.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
35
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Figure 4-11 UTRPc-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separateMPT GUL multimode base station side
As shown in Figure 4-11, the UTRPc provides the co-transmission port and the main control board of mode 3 is connected to the UCIU through the CI optical ports. The UCIU is managed by mode 1 or mode 2 that is in the same BBU of the UCIU. It is recommended that GSM be preferentially used as the managing mode of the UCIU, then UMTS, and the last LTE. Service data of mode 1 and mode 2 is directly transmitted between the UTRPc and the service board of each mode. Service data of mode 3 is transmitted between the UTRPc and the UMPT through the UCIU. NOTE
During the software upgrade, cold patch installation, or main control board replacement of the managing mode, the UTRPc is reset and ongoing services on all modes are interrupted. During the main control board reset or hot patch installation of the managing mode, services on other modes are not affected. The UTRPc is invisible to the non-managing modes. The software upgrade, cold patch installation, or main control board replacement of the non-managing mode does not affect the UTRPc. Therefore, ongoing services on other modes are not affected. It is recommended that the UCIU be preferentially installed in slot 4, then slot 0.
4.2.6 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT Multimode Base Station Side Co-Transmission in IP over FE/GE Mode In IP over FE/GE mode, the UMPT of the co-MPT GU/GL /UL/GT/UT/LT/GUL/GUT/ULT/ GULT multimode base station provides an FE/GE port as the co-transmission port. The following paragraphs use the co-MPT GUL multimode base station as an example to describe the co-transmission on the co-MPT multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode. Figure 4-12 shows the co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over FE/ GE mode. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
4 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side
Figure 4-12 Co-transmission on the Co-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over FE/ GE mode
NOTE
If the co-transmission on the Co-MPT GUL multimode base station side is in IP over FE/GE mode, each mode uses the same OM IP address but different service IP addresses.
Co-Transmission in IP over E1/T1 Mode In IP over E1/T1 mode, the UMPT of the co-MPT GU multimode base station provides an E1/ T1 port as the co-transmission port. Figure 4-13 shows the co-transmission on the co-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode. Figure 4-13 Co-transmission on the Co-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over E1/ T1 mode
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
5 Related Features
5
Related Features
5.1 Features Related to IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side Prerequisite Features Co-transmission on the MBSC side depends on the following features: l
IP-based co-transmission for the Abis and Iub interfaces – GBFD-118601 Abis over IP or GBFD-118611 Abis IP over E1/T1 – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
IP-based co-transmission for the A and Iu-CS interfaces – GBFD-118602 A over IP or GBFD-118622 A IP over E1/T1 – WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface
l
IP-based co-transmission for the Gb and Iu-PS interfaces – GBFD-118603 Gb over IP – WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface
Mutually Exclusive Features None
Impacted Features None
5.1.1 Prerequisite Features Co-transmission on the MBSC side depends on the following features: l
IP-based co-transmission for the Abis and Iub interfaces – GBFD-118601 Abis over IP or GBFD-118611 Abis IP over E1/T1 – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
5 Related Features
IP-based co-transmission for the A and Iu-CS interfaces – GBFD-118602 A over IP or GBFD-118622 A IP over E1/T1 – WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface
l
IP-based co-transmission for the Gb and Iu-PS interfaces – GBFD-118603 Gb over IP – WRFD-050409 IP Transmission Introduction on Iu Interface
5.1.2 Mutually Exclusive Features None
5.1.3 Affected Features None
5.2 Features Related to Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side Prerequisite Features Co-transmission on the base station side depends on different features in different modes: l
In GSM mode: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
l
In UMTS mode: – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface – WRFD-050302 Fractional ATM Function on Iub Interface – WRFD-050411 Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface
l
In LTE mode: None
Mutually Exclusive Features None
Impacted Features None
5.2.1 Prerequisite Features Co-transmission on the base station side depends on different features in different modes: l
In GSM mode: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
l
In UMTS mode:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
5 Related Features
– WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface – WRFD-050302 Fractional ATM Function on Iub Interface – WRFD-050411 Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface l
In LTE mode: None
5.2.2 Mutually Exclusive Features This feature and the TDLOFD-001134 Virtual Routing & Forwarding feature (LTE TDD) are mutually exclusive.
5.2.3 Affected Features None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
6
6 Impact on the Network
Impact on the Network
6.1 IP-based Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side System Capacity No impact.
Network Performance No impact.
6.1.1 Impact on System Capacity No impact.
6.1.2 Impact on Network Performance No impact.
6.2 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side Impact on System Capacity No impact.
Impact on Network Performance No impact.
6.2.1 Impact on System Capacity No impact.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
6 Impact on the Network
6.2.2 Impact on Network Performance No impact.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7
7 Engineering Guidelines
Engineering Guidelines
7.1 When to Use Co-Transmission 7.1.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side It is recommended that co-transmission in IP over FE/GE mode be enabled over the Abis and Iub interfaces on the MBSC side during the evolution of a base station controller from singlemode to multi-mode. This section describes the engineering guidelines for IP co-transmission for Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side.
7.1.2 Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side Both TDM and IP co-transmissions are supported on the base station side. l
IP-based co-transmission It is recommended that co-transmission in IP over FE/GE mode be enabled during the evolution of a base station from single-mode to multimode or from multimode to multimode when IP is used for the transport network. – For details about deploying the co-transmission on the separate-MPT multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode, see section 7.5 Main-Control-Board-based CoTransmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode and section Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side to Main-Control-Board-based CoTransmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L Multimode Base Station Side. – For details about deploying the co-transmission on the separate-MPT multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode, see section 7.25 Main-Control-Board-based CoTransmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode and section 7.26 UTRP4-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode. – For details about deploying the co-transmission on the co-MPT multimode base station in IP over FE/GE mode, see section 7.28 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GU/GL/ UL/GT/UT/LT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
TDM-based co-transmission TDM-based co-transmission can be enabled only on separate-MPT GU multimode base stations when TDM is used for the transport network. For details about deploying TDMbased co-transmission on the separate-MPT GU dual mode base station side, see section "7.27 GTMU-based TDM Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT GU Multimode Base Station Side".
7.2 Information to Be Collected None
7.3 Network Planning RF Planning N/A
Network Topology l
Determine the RAT used by the base station that provides the co-transmission port. Due to differences in transmission specifications between RATs used for multimode base stations, it is recommended that the RAT used by the base station that provides the co-transmission port be determined based on the following priorities in descending order: LTE > UMTS > GSM.
l
Determine whether to use panel interconnection or backplane interconnection between RATs for co-transmission. Multimode base stations of versions earlier than V100R007C00 support panel interconnection, while V100R007C00 and later support both panel interconnection and backplane interconnection.
l
Determine the transmission bandwidth. It is recommended that transmission bandwidth for each RAT be determined based on the actual traffic model.
l
Plan transmission parameters, including IP address, route (network segment route or host route), virtual local area network (VLAN), SCTP link, IP path, and Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). The detailed parameter plan can be provided by Huawei.
Hardware Planning l
When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection, only the panel interconnection cable is required, and no additional board is required.
l
A UTRPc is required when UTRPc-based co-transmission is implemented through backplane interconnection.
l
For co-transmission on a triple-mode base station, UCIU+UMPT interconnection or UMPT +UMPT interconnection can be used to connect two BBUs.
For details about the slots available for newly added boards, see BBU Hardware Description in the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. This document only provides instances of slots in which boards are installed in different scenarios. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.4 Co-Transmission for Iub and Abis Interfaces on the MBSC Side 7.4.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective One FE/GE or E1/T1 port on an interface board on the MBSC side is used to connect to both the BTS and the NodeB. When co-transmission is enabled for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side, co-transmission is optional for both the BTS and the NodeB. Figure 7-1 shows the network topology of co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side in FE/GE mode. Figure 7-1 Network topology of co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side in FE/GE mode
Figure 7-2 shows the network topology of co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side in end-to-end E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode. Figure 7-2 Network topology of co-transmission on the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side in end-to-end E1/T1 over STM-1/OC-3 mode
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated: NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
MBSC
IP-Based 2G/ 3G CoTransmission on MBSC Side Function
LGW1COIPT R
81201141
Per TRX Per Mbit/s Per Erl
7.4.2 Data Preparation This section describes the data to be prepared for co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side in IP over FE/GE and IP over E1/T1 modes.
Co-Transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces on the MBSC Side in IP over FE/ GE Mode Figure 7-3 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission in IP over FE/GE mode for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
46
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-3 Example of network topology for co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side in IP over FE/GE mode
NOTE
The port IP address of the Abis/Iub co-transmission interface board on the MBSC side must be on the same network segment as the port IP address of the next-hop router in FE/GE mode. If the MBSC is directly connected to a BTS or NodeB, the port IP address of the Abis/Iub co-transmission interface board must be on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS or NodeB.
Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate in FE/GE mode, must be consistent between the MBSC and the next-hop port. Table 7-1 describes the IP address plan for the MBSC, BTS, and NodeB.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
47
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Table 7-1 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the MBSC
10.10.10.10/32
Logical IP addresses of the Iub and Abis interface boards on the MBSC side. The logical IP address of the Iub interface board on the RNC side and the logical IP address of the Abis interface board on the BSC side must be configured on the same board. This table assumes that the logical IP address of the Iub interface board on the RNC side is the same as that of the Abis interface board on the BSC side.
Port IP address of the MBSC
21.21.21.1/24
Physical IP addresses of the Iub and Abis interface boards on the MBSC side. The physical IP address of the Iub interface board on the RNC side and the physical IP address of the Abis interface board on the BSC side must be configured on the same port of the same board. This table assumes that the physical IP address of the Iub interface board on the RNC side is the same as that of the Abis interface board on the BSC side.
IP address of the port on the router that is directly connected to the MBSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
Port IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.11/24
-
Port IP address of the BTS
20.20.20.188/24
-
Port IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB
30.30.30.12/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is directly connected to the BTS
20.20.20.189/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Co-Transmission for the Iub and Abis Interfaces on the MBSC Side in IP over E1/ T1 Mode Figure 7-4 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side in IP over E1/T1 mode. Figure 7-4 Example of network topology for co-transmission for the Iub and Abis interfaces on the MBSC side in IP over E1/T1 mode
Table 7-2 describes the IP address plan for the MBSC, BTS, and NodeB. Table 7-2 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the MBSC
10.10.10.10/32
Logical IP addresses of the Iub and Abis interface boards on the MBSC side
Port IP address of the MBSC
21.21.21.1/24
Physical IP addresses of the Iub and Abis interface boards on the MBSC side
Port IP address of the NodeB
21.21.21.11/24
The MBSC terminates messages that are compliant with the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP)/Multi-Link
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Port IP address of the BTS
21.21.21.188/24
Point-to-Point Protocol (MLPPP) from the NodeB or BTS. Therefore, the port IP addresses of the MBSC, NodeB, and BTS must be on the same network segment.
7.4.3 Precautions None
7.4.4 Hardware Adjustment No additional hardware is required. You only need to connect the FE/GE or E1/T1 port on the Abis/Iub interface board to the intermediate transmission equipment. When co-transmission is in IP over FE/GE mode, connect the FE/GE port on the Abis/Iub interface board to the next-hop router. When co-transmission is in IP over E1/T1 mode, connect the Abis/Iub interface board to the intermediate synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)/plesiochronous digital hierarchy (PDH) transmission equipment. In addition, install the service processing board and signaling processing board in the same subrack for the GBSC and RNC.
7.4.5 Initial Configuration For details about data configurations at the data link layer and network layer on the BSC side, see "Configuring a BTS and Its Cells" > "Configuring the Transmission Data" in BSC6900 GU Initial Configuration Guide of the BSC6900 GU Product Documentation or BSC6910 GU Initial Configuration Guide of the BSC6910 GU Product Documentation. For details about data configurations at the data link layer and network layer on the RNC side, see "Configuring the UMTS Interfaces" > "Configuring the Iub Interface (over IP)" in BSC6900 GU Initial Configuration Guide in the BSC6900 GU Product Documentation CD-ROM. Compared with independent transmission, co-transmission has no configuration change. Only the following information needs to be noted: The physical IP addresses of the BSC and the RNC must be configured on the same port of the same board. The logical IP addresses of the Abis and Iub interfaces for the BSC and RNC must be configured on the same board. According to the data plan, port IP addresses or device IP addresses of the BSC and RNC can be the same or different.
7.4.6 Activation Observation Co-Transmission in IP over FE/GE Mode Step 1 Run the MBSC MML command PING IP to ping the port IP address of the BTS or NodeB. If the port IP address can be pinged, the transmission link between the MBSC and the BTS/NodeB is normal. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
PING IP: SRN=0, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.11", CONTPING=NO; PING IP: SRN=0, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="20.20.20.188", CONTPING=NO;
----End
Co-Transmission in IP over E1/T1 Mode Step 1 Run the MBSC MML command PING IP to ping the port IP address of the BTS or NodeB. If the port IP address can be pinged, the transmission link between the MBSC and the BTS/NodeB is normal. PING IP: SRN=0, SN=16, SIPADDR="21.21.21.1", DESTIP="21.21.21.188", CONTPING=NO; PING IP: SRN=0, SN=16, SIPADDR="21.21.21.1", DESTIP="21.21.21.11", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.5 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.5.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-5 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an outbound FE port on the WMPT of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the UG dual mode base station and is connected to the MBSC. The GTMU of the BTS is interconnected to the WMPT of the NodeB through FE ports. Figure 7-5 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
7.5.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-6 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. Figure 7-6 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side
Table 7-3 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-3 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
23.23.23.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
23.23.23.254/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of FE port 1 on the NodeB (FE port 1 is used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.)
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of FE port 0 on the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of FE port 0 on the BTS (FE port 0 is used for interconnecting the BTS to the NodeB.)
30.30.30.188/24
GSM: device IP address during configuration on the CME
NOTE
IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS must be on the same network segment. Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between the two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSIPRT
Forward Route Address
NEXTHOP
Forward Route Address
IPRT
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
ETHPORT
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Maximum Transmission Unit
MTU
Maximum Transmission Unit
Speed
SPEED
Speed
Duplex
DUPLEX
Duplex
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Next Hop IP
IFT
Next Hop IP
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWITC H
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
VLANMAP
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
DEVIP
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
VLANCLASS
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
7.5.3 Precautions None
7.5.4 Hardware Adjustment When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection, no additional hardware is required, but the cables between main control board panels are required. Table 7-4 describes the panel interconnection modes. Table 7-4 Main control board panel interconnection modes Base Station Mode
Panel Interconnection Mode
UG
Mode 1: An outbound electrical port on the WMPT is connected to the MBSC, and an outbound optical port on the WMPT is connected to an optical port on the GTMU. Mode 2: An outbound optical port on the WMPT is connected to the MBSC, and an outbound electrical port on the WMPT is connected to an electrical port on the GTMU.
7.5.5 Initial Configuration Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next-hop address of the route from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of the interconnection port on the WMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is ADD BTSIPRT. Step 2 (Optional) When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS on the BSC side, change the destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command for configuring the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT. ----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to the configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=0, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU.
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the same network segment as the IP address of the interconnection port on the GTMU.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;
Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB. The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on the NodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS, the downlink route from the NodeB to the BTS is not required. Step 5 (Optional) Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
56
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and NodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB added in step 2 must be different from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated services code point (DSCP) values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB, seeBandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station CoTransmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "7.5.2 Data Preparation" section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.5.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the BSC/ RNC is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP link between the NodeB and the BSC/ RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="10.10.10.10", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0; PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="11.11.11.11", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to check whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP link between the GTMU on the BTS and the BSC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.6 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LU/TU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.6.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-7 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an outbound FE/GE port on the LMPT of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT LU multimode base station and is connected to the RNC and mobility management entity (MME)/serving gateway (S-GW). The NodeB is interconnected to the eNodeB through FE ports.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
58
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-7 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following feature has been enabled: WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated: NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.6.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-8 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-8 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side
Table 7-5 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-5 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the RNC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
21.21.21.254/24
UMTS: next hop to the NodeB route
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the eNodeB
20.20.20.1/24
LTE: next hop of the route from the eNodeB to the SGW on the S1 interface and next hop of the route from the eNodeB to the MME on the S1 interface
IP address of FE port 1 on the eNodeB (FE port 1 is used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB.)
30.30.30.1/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of FE port 0 on the eNodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of FE port 0 on the NodeB (FE port 0 is used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB.)
30.30.30.188/24
-
IP address of the U2000
70.70.70.70/24
IP address of the U2000 or DHCP server
NOTE
IP addresses of two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB must be on the same network segment. Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between the two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB.
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
IPRT
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
ETHPORT
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Attribute
PA
Port Attribute
Speed
SPEED
Speed
Duplex
DUPLEX
Duplex
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
DEVIP
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
DHCPSVR IP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPREL AYSWITC H
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Relay Switch
VLANMA P
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
VLANCLA SS
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
7.6.3 Precautions None
7.6.4 Hardware Adjustment When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection, no additional hardware is required, but the cables between main control board panels are required. Table 7-6 describes the panel interconnection modes. Table 7-6 Panel interconnection modes Base Station Mode
Panel Interconnection Mode
LU
Mode 1: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the RNC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to an optical port on the WMPT. Mode 2: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the RNC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to an electrical port on the WMPT. Mode 3: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the RNC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to an electrical port on the WMPT. Mode 4: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the RNC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to an optical port on the WMPT.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.6.5 Initial Configuration (Optional) Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the NodeB on the U2000 side, change the destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to the configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands When configuring a route from the NodeB to the RNC, change the next-hop address of the route from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of the interconnection port on the LMPT. The NodeB MML command for configuring the route from the NodeB to the RNC is ADD IPRT.
l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the LTE Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the WMPT. SET ETHPORT: SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=1, PA=COPPER, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 6) that is used for interconnecting the LMPT to the WMPT.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port on the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the WMPT. In this step, ensure that IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB are on the same network segment. ADD DEVIP: SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 6) that is used for interconnecting the LMPT to the WMPT and ensure that the IP address is on the same network segment as the port IP address of the WMPT.
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the RNC.
Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB. The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the NodeB. If the physical port IP address is used by the NodeB and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on the eNodeB and the NodeB are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the NodeB, the downlink route from the eNodeB to the NodeB is not required. Step 5 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, if the NodeB is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the eNodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, if the NodeB is deployed using DHCP, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the eNodeB. For the NodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the RNC or U2000. In this step, assume that the U2000 works as the DHCP server. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="70.70.70.70"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the NodeB.
Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the NodeB and eNodeB: ----End l
Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be different from the uplink route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l
Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the NodeB and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the NodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station CoTransmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and NodeB and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
2.
7 Engineering Guidelines
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.6.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
LTE Side After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/ S-GW is normal: Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0; PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the RNC side to verify whether the transmission link between the RNC and the NodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the RNC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the WMPT. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.7 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.7.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-9 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
outbound FE/GE port on the LMPT of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT LG multimode base station and is connected to the BSC and MME/SGW. The BTS is interconnected to the eNodeB through FE ports. Figure 7-9 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following feature has been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated: NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.7.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-10 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-10 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side
Table 7-7 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-7 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the eNodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of FE port 1 on the eNodeB (FE port 1 is used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the BTS.)
30.30.30.1/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of FE port 0 on the eNodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of FE port 0 on the BTS (FE port 0 is used for interconnecting the BTS to the eNodeB.)
30.30.30.188/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NOTE
IP addresses of two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the BTS must be on the same network segment. Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between the two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the BTS.
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSIPRT
Forward Route Address
NEXTHOP
Forward Route Address
IPRT
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the LTE Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
ETHPORT
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Attribute
PA
Port Attribute
Speed
SPEED
Speed
Duplex
DUPLEX
Duplex
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
DEVIP
IPRT Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Port Type
Mask
DSTMASK
Port No.
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
IP Address
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Mask
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Relay Switch
VLANMAP
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
VLANCLASS
7.7.3 Precautions None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.7.4 Hardware Adjustment When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection, no additional hardware is required, but the cables between main control board panels are required. Table 7-8 describes the panel interconnection modes. Table 7-8 Panel interconnection modes Base Station Mode
Panel Interconnection Mode
LG
Mode 1: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the BSC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to an optical port on the GTMU. Mode 2: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the BSC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to an electrical port on the GTMU. Mode 3: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the BSC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to an electrical port on the GTMU. Mode 4: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the BSC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to an optical port on the GTMU.
7.7.5 Initial Configuration Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next-hop address of the route from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of interconnection port on the LMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is ADD BTSIPRT. Step 2 (Optional)When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS on the BSC side, change the destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command for configuring the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT. ----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
71
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the LTE Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=1, PA=COPPER, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the LMPT to the GTMU.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port on the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the LMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the same network segment as the port IP address of the GTMU.
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60; //Add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB.
Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB. The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on the eNodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS, the downlink route from the eNodeB to the BTS is not required. Step 5 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and eNodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the eNodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the eNodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and eNodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be different from the uplink route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.7.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
LTE Side After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/ S-GW is normal: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0; PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMU. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.8 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/TGU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.8.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-11 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side. In this scenario, main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side is enabled by cascading FE ports on the panels in different subracks. The BTS and NodeB are cascaded in one BBU subrack through the panel where FE ports are located, while the eNodeB uses another BBU subrack. The BTS and NodeB are interconnected to the LMPT on the eNodeB through the WMPT on the NodeB. An outbound FE/GE port on the LMPT of the eNodeB serves as the cotransmission port of the separate-MPT GUL multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMU of the BTS is interconnected to the WMPT of the NodeB through FE ports.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-11 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated: NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.8.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-12 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-12 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side
Table 7-9 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-9 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
23.23.23.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
23.23.23.254/24
-
IP address of FE port 1 on the eNodeB (FE port 1 is used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the BTS and NodeB.)
60.60.60.1/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
76
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of FE port 0 on the eNodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the eNodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of FE port 0 on the NodeB (FE port 0 is used for interconnecting the NodeB to the eNodeB.)
60.60.60.188/24
-
IP address of FE port 1 on the NodeB (FE port 1 is used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.)
30.30.30.1/24
-
IP address of FE port 0 on the BTS (FE port 0 is used for interconnecting the BTS to the NodeB.)
30.30.30.188/24
-
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the U2000
70.70.70.70/24
IP address of the U2000 is used as the IP address of the DHCP server for the NodeB and eNodeB
NOTE
IP addresses of two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS and interconnecting the NodeB to the eNodeB must be on the same network segment. Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between the two Ethernet ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS and interconnecting the NodeB to the eNodeB.
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSIPRT
Forward Route Address
NEXTHOP
Forward Route Address
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
77
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
IPRT
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
ETHPORT
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Maximum Transmission Unit
MTU
Maximum Transmission Unit
Speed
SPEED
Speed
Duplex
DUPLEX
Duplex
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
DEVIP
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
78
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVRI P
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPREL AYSWITC H
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
Data Preparation on the LTE Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
ETHPORT
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Attribute
PA
Port Attribute
Speed
SPEED
Speed
Duplex
DUPLEX
Duplex
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
DEVIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
79
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Mask
MASK
Mask
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Relay Switch
VLANMAP
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
IPRT
VLANCLASS
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
80
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.8.3 Precautions None
7.8.4 Hardware Adjustment When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection, no additional hardware is required, but the FE electrical or optical ports for interconnecting main control board panels are required. Table 7-10 describes the panel interconnection mode. Table 7-10 Panel interconnection mode Base Station Mode
Panel Interconnection Mode
LGU
Mode 1: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW, an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to an optical port on the WMPT, and an outbound electrical port on the WMPT is connected to an electrical port on the GTMU. Mode 2: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW, an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to an electrical port on the WMPT, and an outbound optical port on the WMPT is connected to an optical port on the GTMU. Mode 3: An outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW, an outbound electrical port on the LMPT is connected to an electrical port on the WMPT, and an outbound optical port on the WMPT is connected to an optical port on the GTMU. Mode 4: An outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW, and an outbound optical port on the LMPT is connected to an optical port on the WMPT, and an outbound electrical port on the WMPT is connected to an electrical port on the GTMU.
7.8.5 Initial Configuration (Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the NodeB on the U2000 side, change the destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses.
Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
81
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Using MML Commands
Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next-hop address of the route from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of interconnection port on the WMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is ADD BTSIPRT. Step 2 (Optional)When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS, change the destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command for configuring the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT. ----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=1, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU.
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the same network segment as the IP address of the interconnection port on the GTMU.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the interconnection port on the LMPT. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="60.60.60.1", PREF=60; //Add a route from the NodeB to the BSC.
Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB. The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
the NodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS, the downlink route from the NodeB to the BTS is not required. Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the LTE Side NOTE
The number of the BBU subrack used by the eNodeB must be different from the number of the BBU subrack shared by the BTS and NodeB. The following description is based on the assumption that the number of the BBU subrack used by the eNodeB is 1.
For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on the LMPT that is used for interconnecting to the WMPT. SET ETHPORT: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=1, PA=COPPER, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the LMPT to the WMPT.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port on the LMPT that is used for interconnecting the LMPT to the WMPT. In this step, ensure that IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the eNodeB to the NodeB are on the same network segment. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=1, MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Set the IP address of for interconnecting the same network segment as
7 Engineering Guidelines
SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="60.60.60.1", the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used LMPT to the WMPT and ensure that the IP address is on the the port IP address of the WMPT.
Step 3 Add an uplink route from the BTS/NodeB to the BSC through the eNodeB. 1.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="11.11.11.11", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60; //Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC.
2.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60; //Add a route from the BTS to the BSC.
Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB. The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the NodeB. If the physical port IP address is used by the NodeB and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on the eNodeB and the NodeB are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the NodeB, the downlink route from the eNodeB to the NodeB is not required. Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB. The downlink route to the BTS needs to be configured on the eNodeB side regardless of whether the port IP address or logical IP address is used by the BTS. In this step, set DSTIP to the port IP address or logical IP address of the BTS and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the port on the NodeB for interconnecting to the eNodeB. This step takes the port IP address configuration of the BTS as an example. When configuring a route to the logical IP address of the BTS, change the value of DSTIP in the following command: ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="30.30.30.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="60.60.60.188", PREF=60; //Add a route from the BSC to the BTS.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay if the NodeB is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the eNodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.
Step 7 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, if the NodeB is deployed using DHCP, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the eNodeB. For the NodeB, the U2000 works as the DHCP server. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
84
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="70.70.70.70"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the NodeB.
Step 8 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB and the uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be different from the uplink route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.101 and set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.201, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE; ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.201", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=33, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station CoTransmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and NodeB and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.8.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
85
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
LTE Side After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the next-hop route. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="20.20.20.1", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the next-hop route. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="60.60.60.188", DSTIP="20.20.20.1", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMU. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the WMPT. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="11.11.11.11", DESTIP="60.60.60.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.9 Main-Control-Board-based IP Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side 7.9.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-13 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an outbound FE/GE port on the LMPT/UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT LG multimode base station and is connected to the BSC and MME/S-GW. The BTS is interconnected to the eNodeB through backplanes.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-13 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following feature has been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated: NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.9.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-14 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-14 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side
Table 7-11 describes the data plan. Table 7-11 Data plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the eNodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of FE port 1 on the eNodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
88
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
LTE: peer IP address for the OM channel
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the BTS main control board.
BTS electronic serial number (ESN)
abcdefghijklmn
-
NOTE
In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the LMTP or UMPT_L through the backplane.
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSTUNNEL
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Source Cabinet No.
SRCCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SRCSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SRCSN
Source Slot No.
BTS Tunnel No.
TN
BTS Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DSTCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSTSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSTSN
Destination Slot No.
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Port Type
PT
Port Type
BTSDEVIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSIP
BTSIPRT
BTSESN
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
IP Mask
MASK
IP Mask
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
BTS Communication Type
BTSCOMTYPE
BTS Communication Type
BTS IP
BTSIP
BTS IP
BSC IP
BSCIP
BSC IP
BTS MultiIP Switch
BTSMUTIP
BTS MultiIP Switch
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Route Index
RTIDX
Route Index
Destination IP Address
DSTIP
Destination IP Address
Destination Address Mask
DSTMASK
Destination Address Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Port Subrack No.
SRN
Port Subrack No.
Port Slot No.
SN
Port Slot No.
Interface Type
ITFType
Interface Type
Outgoing Interface No.
IFNO
Outgoing Interface No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPRT
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
OM Bear Board
OMBEARBOARD
OM Bear Board
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Destination IP address
DSTIP
Destination IP address
Destination address mask
DSTMASK
Destination address mask
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the LTE Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TUNNEL
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Relay Switch
VLANMAP
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
VLANCLASS
7.9.3 Precautions None
7.9.4 Hardware Adjustment When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through backplane interconnection, no additional hardware is required.
7.9.5 Initial Configuration Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
92
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the LMPT/UMPT_L. ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=1, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7; //Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 7.
Step 2 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC to the eNodeB. When a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is configured on the BSC side, the source IP address working as the DHCP relay of the eNodeB is the port IP address of the eNodeB. Therefore, the route whose destination IP address is the port IP address of the eNodeB needs to be configured on the BSC side. ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254" PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay";
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb. ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, BTSCOMTYPE is optional. SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO; //Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1. ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS. ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn", OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD; //OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the LTE Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the LMPT/UMPT_L to the GTMUb. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 7 to the GTMUb in slot 6.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the eNodeB. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 7. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 7.
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60; //Add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB.
Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB. When co-transmission for the BTS and the eNodeB is implemented through tunnels on the backplanes, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB must be configured on the eNodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SN=0, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB.
Step 5 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the eNodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the eNodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and eNodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be different from the uplink route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.9.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
LTE Side After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1; PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
95
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.10 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.10.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-15 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an outbound FE port on the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT UG multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC. The GTMUb of the base station is interconnected to the UMPT_U through backplanes. Figure 7-15 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.10.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-16 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. Figure 7-16 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side
Table 7-12 describes the data plan. Table 7-12 Data plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11./24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
OM channel IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
97
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UMPT_U of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME This IP address is configured on the co-transmission port.
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS: OM channel peer IP address
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the BTS main control board.
BTS ESN
abcdefghijklmn
-
NOTE
In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the UMPT_U through the backplane.
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSTUNNEL
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Source Cabinet No.
SRCCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SRCSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SRCSN
Source Slot No.
BTS Tunnel No.
TN
BTS Tunnel No.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSDEVIP
BTSIP
BTSIPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Destination Cabinet No.
DSTCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSTSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSTSN
Destination Slot No.
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
IP Mask
MASK
IP Mask
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
BTS Communication Type
BTSCOMTYPE
BTS Communication Type
BTS IP
BTSIP
BTS IP
BSC IP
BSCIP
BSC IP
BTS MultiIP Switch
BTSMUTIP
BTS MultiIP Switch
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Route Index
RTIDX
Route Index
Destination IP Address
DSTIP
Destination IP Address
Destination Address Mask
DSTMASK
Destination Address Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
99
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSESN
IPRT
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Port Subrack No.
SRN
Port Subrack No.
Port Slot No.
SN
Port Slot No.
Interface Type
ITFType
Interface Type
Outgoing Interface No.
IFNO
Outgoing Interface No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
OM Bear Board
OMBEARBOARD
OM Bear Board
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Destination IP address
DSTIP
Destination IP address
Destination address mask
DSTMASK
Destination address mask
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TUNNEL
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
100
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
IPRT
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVR IP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPREL AYSWITC H
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
VLANMA P
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLANCLA SS
7.10.3 Precautions None Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.10.4 Hardware Adjustment When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through backplane interconnection, no additional hardware is required.
7.10.5 Initial Configuration Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the UMPT_U. ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7; //Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UMPT_U in slot 7.
Step 2 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC to the NodeB. When a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is configured on the BSC side, the source IP address working as the DHCP relay of the NodeB is the port IP address of the NodeB. Therefore, the route whose destination IP address is the port IP address of the NodeB needs to be configured on the BSC side. ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254" PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay";
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb. ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on individual needs. SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO; //Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1. ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn", OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD; //OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT= BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_U. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_U to the GTMUb. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 to the GTMUb in slot 6.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB. When co-transmission for the BTS and the NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the UMPT_U backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7.
Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and NodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB added in step 3 must be different from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP to configure the DSCP value. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
104
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.10.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.11 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.11.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-17 shows the UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. In this scenario, an outbound FE port on the UTRPc controlled by the WMPT/UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the Separate-MPT UG multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC. The GTMUb of the BTS is interconnected to the UTRPc through backplanes.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-17 UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
7.11.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-18 shows an example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. Figure 7-18 Example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Table 7-13 describes the data plan. Table 7-13 Data plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11./24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
OM channel IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UTRPc of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME This IP address is configured on the co-transmission port.
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS: OM channel peer IP address
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the BTS main control board.
BTS ESN
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
abcdefghijklmn
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
-
107
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NOTE
In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the UTRPc through the backplane.
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSTUNNEL
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Source Cabinet No.
SRCCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SRCSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SRCSN
Source Slot No.
BTS Tunnel No.
TN
BTS Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DSTCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSTSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSTSN
Destination Slot No.
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
IP Mask
MASK
IP Mask
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
BTS Communication Type
BTSCOMTYPE
BTS Communication Type
BTS IP
BTSIP
BTS IP
BTSDEVIP
BTSIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSIPRT
BTSESN
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BSC IP
BSCIP
BSC IP
BTS MultiIP Switch
BTSMUTIP
BTS MultiIP Switch
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Route Index
RTIDX
Route Index
Destination IP Address
DSTIP
Destination IP Address
Destination Address Mask
DSTMASK
Destination Address Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Port Subrack No.
SRN
Port Subrack No.
Port Slot No.
SN
Port Slot No.
Interface Type
ITFType
Interface Type
Outgoing Interface No.
IFNO
Outgoing Interface No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
OM Bear Board
OMBEARBOARD
OM Bear Board
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Destination IP address
DSTIP
Destination IP address
Destination address mask
DSTMASK
Destination address mask
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
109
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BRD
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Board Type
BT
-
SubBoard Type
SBT
-
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
TUNNEL
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
110
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
VLANMAP
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
VLAN Mode
MASK
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANMODE
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
VLANID
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
SETPRIO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
VLANGROUPNO
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
TRAFFIC
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
SRVPRIO
VLAN ID
VLANCLASS
7.11.3 Precautions None
7.11.4 Hardware Adjustment l
Compared with non-co-transmission scenarios, UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UG multimode base station side requires the UTRPc.
l
Cables to the UTRPc on the UG multimode base station side are used to connect to the transport network.
7.11.5 Initial Configuration Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the UTRPc. ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=4; //Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UTRPc in slot 4.
Step 2 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC to the NodeB. When a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is configured on the BSC side, the source IP address working as the DHCP relay of the NodeB is the port IP address of the NodeB. Therefore, the Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
111
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
route whose destination IP address is the port IP address of the NodeB needs to be configured on the BSC side. ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254" PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay";
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb. ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on individual needs. SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO; //Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1. ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS. ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn", OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD; //OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the ADD BRD command to add a UTRPc. ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc; //Add a UTRPc to slot 4.
Step 2 Run the SET ETHPORT command to set the Ethernet port attribute for the UTRPc. SET ETHPORT: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, PN=1, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set parameters related to Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc in slot 4. Both data rate and duplex mode are set to auto-negotiation.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT= ETH_COVERBOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UTRPc to the GTMUb. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=4, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UTRPc in slot 4 to the GTMUb in slot 6.
Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4.
Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB. When co-transmission for the BTS and the NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the UTRPc backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4.
Step 7 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 8 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
Step 9 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and NodeB: ----End l
Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB added in step 5 must be different
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
113
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l
Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station CoTransmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP to configure the DSCP value. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.11.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.12 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.12.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective This section uses UMPT_U + UMPT_L based multimode base station as an example to describe the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side, as shown in Figure 7-19, In this scenario, an outbound FE/GE port on the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT UL multimode base station and is connected to the RNC and MME/S-GW. The UMPT_L is interconnected to the UMPT_U through backplanes. Figure 7-19 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following feature has been enabled: WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.12.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-20 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side. Figure 7-20 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side
Table 7-14 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-14 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UMPT_U
20.20.20.1/24
-
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
NodeB: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the NodeB main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the NodeB main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UMPT_U of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS/LTE: peer IP address for the OM channel
NOTE
In this scenario, the UMPT_L does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex mode and rate because the UMPT_L communicates with the UMPT_U through the backplane.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
117
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TUNNEL
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
VLANMAP
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
VLANCLASS
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Data Preparation on the LTE Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TUNNEL
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
DEVIP
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
119
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
RSCGRP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
BEAR
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Bearing Port Type
PT
Bearing Port Type
Bearing Port No.
PN
Bearing Port No.
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Rate Unit
RU
Rate Unit
Tx Bandwidth
TXBW
Tx Bandwidth
Rx Bandwidth
RXBW
Rx Bandwidth
TX Committed Burst Size
TXCBS
TX Committed Burst Size
TX Excessive Burst Size
TXEBS
TX Excessive Burst Size
Operator ID
OID
Operator ID
Scheduling Weight
WEIGHT
Scheduling Weight
TX Committed Information Rate
TXCIR
TX Committed Information Rate
RX Committed Information Rate
RXCIR
RX Committed Information Rate
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPPath
OMCH
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TX Peak Information Rate
TXPIR
TX Peak Information Rate
RX Peak Information Rate
RXPIR
RX Peak Information Rate
TX Peak Burst Size
TXPBS
TX Peak Burst Size
IP Path ID
PATHID
IP Path ID
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Join Transmission Resource Group
JNRSCGRP
Join Transmission Resource Group
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Local IP
LOCALIP
Local IP
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Path Type
PATHTYPE
Path Type
Local IP
IP
Local IP
Local Mask
MASK
Local Mask
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Peer Mask
PEERMASK
Peer Mask
Bearer Type
BEAR
Bearer Type
Binding Route
BRT
Binding Route
7.12.3 Precautions None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.12.4 Hardware Adjustment When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through backplane interconnection, no additional hardware is required.
7.12.5 Initial Configuration (Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the eNodeB. In this step, set the destination IP address to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_U. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_U to the LMPT/UMPT_L. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 to the UMPT_L in slot 6.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW/U2000 through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000 through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7. Skip this step if the UMPT_U has already been configured with a route to the U2000.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/ U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
122
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
When co-transmission for the eNodeB and the NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the UMPT_U backplane, the downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0; ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0; //Add a route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7.
Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the eNodeB and NodeB, if the eNodeB is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the eNodeB and NodeB, if the eNodeB is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. For the eNodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the U2000. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the eNodeB.
Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and NodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB added in step 3 must be different from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the eNodeB and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for the eNodeB and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and eNodeB and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the NodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description DHCP packets is fixed at 0. data is configured, set the set to 0, DHCP packets sent In addition, set TRAFFIC to
2.
7 Engineering Guidelines If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. USERDATA.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP to configure the DSCP value. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the LTE Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the UMPT_U. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=6, DSN=7,TUNNELTYPE=UL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 6 to the UMPT_U in slot 7.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the eNodeB uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set PT to LOOPINT. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set PT based on individual needs. ADD DEVIP: SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //When configuring the signaling/service IP address for the eNodeB, set SRN to 0, SN to 6, and PT to LOOPINT.
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the eNodeB to the MME/SGW/U2000. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL;
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
//Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000.
Step 4 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource group. ADD RSCGRP: SRN=0, SN=6, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS, TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000, RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000; //When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY; //When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 6 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel. ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO; //When adding an OM channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.12.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End
LTE Side After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
7.13 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.13.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-21shows the UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side. In this scenario, an outbound FE/GE port on the UTRPc controlled by the WMPT/UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT UL multimode base station and is connected to the RNC and MME/S-GW. The LMPT/UMPT_L is interconnected to the UTRPc through backplanes.
Figure 7-21 UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following feature has been enabled: WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
126
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.13.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-22 shows an example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UL multimode base station side. Figure 7-22 Example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side
Table 7-15 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-15 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UTRPc
20.20.20.1/24
-
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
NodeB: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the NodeB main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the NodeB main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UTRPc of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS/LTE: peer IP address for the OM channel
NOTE
In this scenario, the LMPT/UMPT_L does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex mode and rate because the LMPT/UMPT_L communicates with the UTRPc through the backplane.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BRD
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Board Type
BT
-
SubBoard Type
SBT
-
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
TUNNEL
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
VLANMAP
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLANCLASS
Data Preparation on the LTE Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TUNNEL
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
DEVIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPRT
RSCGRP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
BEAR
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Bearing Port Type
PT
Bearing Port Type
Bearing Port No.
PN
Bearing Port No.
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Rate Unit
RU
Rate Unit
Tx Bandwidth
TXBW
Tx Bandwidth
Rx Bandwidth
RXBW
Rx Bandwidth
TX Committed Burst Size
TXCBS
TX Committed Burst Size
TX Excessive Burst Size
TXEBS
TX Excessive Burst Size
Operator ID
OID
Operator ID
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPPath
OMCH
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Scheduling Weight
WEIGHT
Scheduling Weight
TX Committed Information Rate
TXCIR
TX Committed Information Rate
RX Committed Information Rate
RXCIR
RX Committed Information Rate
TX Peak Information Rate
TXPIR
TX Peak Information Rate
RX Peak Information Rate
RXPIR
RX Peak Information Rate
TX Peak Burst Size
TXPBS
TX Peak Burst Size
IP Path ID
PATHID
IP Path ID
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Join Transmission Resource Group
JNRSCGRP
Join Transmission Resource Group
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Local IP
LOCALIP
Local IP
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Adjacent Node ID
ANI
Adjacent Node ID
Path Type
PATHTYPE
Path Type
Local IP
IP
Local IP
Local Mask
MASK
Local Mask
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Peer Mask
PEERMASK
Peer Mask
Bearer Type
BEAR
Bearer Type
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Binding Route
BRT
Binding Route
7.13.3 Precautions None
7.13.4 Hardware Adjustment l
Compared with non-co-transmission scenarios, UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UL multimode base station side requires the UTRPc.
l
Cables to the UTRPc on the LU multimode base station side are used to connect to the transport network.
7.13.5 Initial Configuration (Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the eNodeB. In this step, set the destination IP address to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the ADD BRD command to add a UTRPc. ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc; //Add a UTRPc to slot 4.
Step 2 Run the SET ETHPORT command to set the Ethernet port attribute for the UTRPc. SET ETHPORT: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, PN=1, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set parameters related to Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc in slot 4. Both data rate and duplex mode are set to auto-negotiation.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT= ETH_COVERBOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
133
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
//Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UTRPc to the LMPT/ UMPT_L. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=4, DSN=6,TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UTRPc in slot 4 to the LMPT/UMPT_L in slot 6.
Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW/U2000 through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000 through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4. Skip this step if the UMPT_U has already been configured with a route to the U2000.
Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/ U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB. When co-transmission for the eNodeB and the NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the UTRPc backplane, the downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0; ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0; //Add a route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4.
Step 7 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the eNodeB and NodeB, if the eNodeB is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 8 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the eNodeB and NodeB, if the eNodeB is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
134
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
needs to be added on the NodeB. For the eNodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the U2000. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the eNodeB.
Step 9 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and NodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB added in step 5 must be different from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the eNodeB and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for the eNodeB and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and eNodeB and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the NodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP to configure the DSCP value. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the LTE Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the UTRPc. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=6, DSN=4; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 6 to the UTRPc in slot 4.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the eNodeB uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set PT to LOOPINT. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set PT based on individual needs. ADD DEVIP: SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //When configuring the signaling/service IP address for the eNodeB, set SRN to 0 SN to 6, and PT to LOOPINT.
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the eNodeB to the MME/SGW/U2000. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000.
Step 4 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource group. ADD RSCGRP: SRN=0, SN=6, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS, TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000, RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000; //When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY; //When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 6 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel. ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO; //When adding an OM channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.13.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End
LTE Side After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0; PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
7.14 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LU/TU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.14.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-23 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an outbound FE/GE port on the UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT LU multimode base station and is connected to the RNC and MME/ S-GW. The UMPT_U is interconnected to the UMPT_L through backplanes.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-23 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following feature has been enabled: WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated: NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.14.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-24 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side. Table 7-16 describes the IP address plan.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-24 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LU multimode base station side
Table 7-16 Data plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UMPT_L
20.20.20.1/24
-
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
NodeB: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the NodeB main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the NodeB main control board.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
139
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UMPT_L of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS/LTE: peer IP address for the OM channel
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TUNNEL
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
DEVIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPRT
RSCGRP
IPPATH Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
BEAR
-
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Bearing Port Type
PT
Carrier Type
Bearing Port No.
PN
Link No.
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Rate Unit
RU
Rate Unit
Tx Bandwidth
TXBW
Tx Bandwidth
Rx Bandwidth
RXBW
Rx Bandwidth
IP Path ID
PATHID
IP Path ID
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
OMCH
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Carrier Type
Port No.
PN
Link No.
Join Transmission Resource Group
JNRSCGRP
Join Transmission Resource Group
Local IP
LOCALIP
Local IP
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
DSCP
DSCP
DSCP
RX Bandwidth
RXBW
RX Bandwidth
TX Bandwidth
TXBW
TX Bandwidth
TX Committed Burst Size
TXCBS
TX Committed Burst Size
TX Excessive Burst Size
TXEBS
TX Excessive Burst Size
Local IP
IP
Local IP
Local Mask
MASK
Local Mask
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Peer Mask
PEERMASK
Peer Mask
Bearer Type
BEAR
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Binding Route
BRT
Binding Route
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
142
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Data Preparation on the LTE Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TUNNEL
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DEVIP
IPRT
DHCPSVRIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Relay Switch
VLANMAP
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
VLANCLASS
7.14.3 Precautions None
7.14.4 Hardware Adjustment When main-control-board-based co-transmission is implemented through backplane interconnection, no additional hardware is required.
7.14.5 Initial Configuration (Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the NodeB. In this step, set the destination IP address to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_U to the UMPT_L. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6,TUNNELTYPE=UL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 of the NodeB to the UMPT_L in slot 6.
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to configure the DSCP value. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the IP address of the NodeB must be configured as the logical IP address. In non-co-transmission scenarios, the IP address of the NodeB can be set as required. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the NodeB to the RNC/U2000. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the NodeB to the U2000.
Step 4 (Optional) Run the NodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource group. ADD RSCGRP: SN=7, BEAR=IPV4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS, TXBW=4000, RXBW=4000; //When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="32.32.32.1", PEERIP="15.15.15.15", DSCP=22, RXBW=1000, TXBW=1000, TXCBS=15000, TXEBS=2000, FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE; //When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an O&M channel. ADD OMCH: IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO; //When adding an O&M channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
145
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the LTE Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the UMPT_U. Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the eNodeB. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_L in slot 6. ADD DEVIP: SN=6, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the UMPT_L in slot 6. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=6, DSN=7, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 6 to the UMPT_U in slot 7.
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=6, SBT= BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB for the UMPT_L in slot 6.
Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the U2000/RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB. When co-transmission for the NodeB and the eNodeB is implemented through the backplane, the downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB must be configured on the eNodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="30.30.30.1", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the U2000 to the NodeB through the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=6, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="32.32.32.1", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB.
Step 5 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay if the NodeB is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the eNodeB. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay if the NodeB is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the eNodeB. If the DHCP server is shared by the NodeB and eNodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the U2000. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the NodeB.
Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the NodeB and eNodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB added in step 3 must be different from the uplink route for the eNodeB. Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP to change the next-hop address of the uplink route from the NodeB to the BSC through the eNodeB. In this step, assume that the next-hop address of the uplink route from the NodeB to the BSC through the eNodeB changes to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method allows consistency between the uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB and the uplink route for the eNodeB, but requires differentiated DSCP values for the NodeB and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the NodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and NodeB and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the eNodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
147
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.14.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
LTE Side After the configuration file is delivered to the eNodeB and activated, perform the following step on the eNodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the eNodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0; PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link to the NodeB is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
7.15 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.15.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-25 shows the UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/GE port on the UTRPc controlled by the WMPT/UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMUb and UTRPc in one BBU are interconnected by using backplanes. The UMPT_L and UTRPc are interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-25 UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated: NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.15.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-26 shows an example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-26 Example of network topology for UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side
Table 7-17 describes the data plan. Table 7-17 Data plan Item
IP Address
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UTRPc
20.20.20.1/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
150
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
IP Address
Remarks
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This IP address is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UTRPc of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME This IP address is configured on the co-transmission port.
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS: peer IP address for the OM channel
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the BTS main control board.
BTS ESN
abcdefghijklmn
-
NOTE
In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the UTRPc through the backplane. In addition, the UMPT_L does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes because the UMPT_L communicates with the UCIU through the CI interface.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
151
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSBRD
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Board Type
BT
Board Type
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
Link No.
LN
Link No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Upper Node Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Node Cabinet No.
Upper Node Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Node Subrack No.
Upper Node Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Node Slot No.
Upper Node Port No.
UPPT
Upper Node Port No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
BTS Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Source Cabinet No.
SRCCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SRCSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SRCSN
Source Slot No.
BTS Tunnel No.
TN
BTS Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DSTCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSTSRN
Destination Subrack No.
BTSCTRLLNK
BTSTUNNEL
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSDEVIP
BTSIP
BTSIPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Destination Slot No.
DSTSN
Destination Slot No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
BTS Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
IP Mask
MASK
IP Mask
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
BTS Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
BTS Communication Type
BTSCOMTYPE
BTS Communication Type
BTS IP
BTSIP
BTS IP
BSC IP
BSCIP
BSC IP
BTS MultiIP Switch
BTSMUTIP
BTS MultiIP Switch
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Route Index
RTIDX
Route Index
Destination IP Address
DSTIP
Destination IP Address
Destination Address Mask
DSTMASK
Destination Address Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Port Subrack No.
SRN
Port Subrack No.
Port Slot No.
SN
Port Slot No.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSESN
IPRT
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Interface Type
ITFType
Interface Type
Outgoing Interface No.
IFNO
Outgoing Interface No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
OM Bear Board
OMBEARBOARD
OM Bear Board
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Destination IP address
DSTIP
Destination IP address
Destination address mask
DSTMASK
Destination address mask
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BRD
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Board Type
BT
-
SubBoard Type
SBT
-
Local Link No.
LN
Local Link No.
Local Cabinet No.
CN
Local Cabinet No.
Local Subrack No.
SRN
Local Subrack No.
Local Slot No.
SN
Local Slot No.
Upper Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Cabinet No.
Upper Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Subrack No.
Upper Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Slot No.
CTRLLNK
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
154
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Upper Port No.
UPPT
Upper Port No.
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
VLANMAP
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
TUNNEL
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
VLANCLASS
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Data Preparation on the LTE Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
CTRLLNK
Local Link No.
LN
Local Link No.
Local Cabinet No.
CN
Local Cabinet No.
Local Subrack No.
SRN
Local Subrack No.
Local Slot No.
SN
Local Slot No.
Upper Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Cabinet No.
Upper Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Subrack No.
Upper Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Slot No.
Upper Port No.
UPPT
Upper Port No.
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
TUNNEL
DEVIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPRT
RSCGRP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
BEAR
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Bearing Port Type
PT
Bearing Port Type
Bearing Port No.
PN
Bearing Port No.
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Rate Unit
RU
Rate Unit
Tx Bandwidth
TXBW
Tx Bandwidth
Rx Bandwidth
RXBW
Rx Bandwidth
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
157
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPPath
OMCH
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TX Committed Burst Size
TXCBS
TX Committed Burst Size
TX Excessive Burst Size
TXEBS
TX Excessive Burst Size
Operator ID
OID
Operator ID
Scheduling Weight
WEIGHT
Scheduling Weight
TX Committed Information Rate
TXCIR
TX Committed Information Rate
RX Committed Information Rate
RXCIR
RX Committed Information Rate
TX Peak Information Rate
TXPIR
TX Peak Information Rate
RX Peak Information Rate
RXPIR
RX Peak Information Rate
TX Peak Burst Size
TXPBS
TX Peak Burst Size
IP Path ID
PATHID
IP Path ID
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Join Transmission Resource Group
JNRSCGRP
Join Transmission Resource Group
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Local IP
LOCALIP
Local IP
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Path Type
PATHTYPE
Path Type
Local IP
IP
Local IP
Local Mask
MASK
Local Mask
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Peer Mask
PEERMASK
Peer Mask
Bearer Type
BEAR
Bearer Type
Binding Route
BRT
Binding Route
7.15.3 Precautions None
7.15.4 Hardware Adjustment l
Unlike non-co-transmission scenario, this scenario requires that the UMPT_L and UTRPc must be configured on the eNodeB side. In addition, the UCIU must be configured on the BTS side.
l
The UCIU in the BBU subrack accommodating the NodeB and BTS is connected to the UMPT_L in the BBU subrack accommodating the eNodeB by using inter-subrack interconnection cables.
l
Cables to the UTRPc on the UG+L multimode base station side are used to connect to the transport network.
7.15.5 Initial Configuration (Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the eNodeB. In this step, set the destination IP address to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.
Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the ADD BTSBRD command to add a UCIU. ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU; //Add a UCIU to slot 0.
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the UTRPc. ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=4;
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
159
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
//Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UTRPc in slot 4.
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb. ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on individual needs. SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO; //Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 3. ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS. ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn", OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD; //OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.
Step 7 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS. In this step, set DSTIP to the port IP address of the NodeB. ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay;
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the LTE Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands NOTE
In this scenario, the eNodeB uses the CI interface for communication. Therefore, Ethernet ports are not required.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the UTRPc. ADD TUNNEL: SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=4, TUNNELTYPE=UL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L of the eNodeB in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the UTRPc in slot 4 of subrack 0.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the eNodeB uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set PT to LOOPINT. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set PT based on individual needs. ADD DEVIP: SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //When configuring the signaling/service IP address for the eNodeB, set SRN to 1, SN to 7, and PT to LOOPINT.
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the eNodeB to the MME/SGW/U2000. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 2. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000.
Step 4 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource group. ADD RSCGRP: SRN=1, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS, TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000, RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000; //When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY; //When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 6 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel. ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO; //When adding an OM channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD BRD to add a UTRPc. ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc; //Add a UTRPc in slot 4.
Step 2 Run the SET ETHPORT command to set the Ethernet port attribute for the UTRPc. SET ETHPORT: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, PN=1, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set parameters related to Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc in slot 0. Both data rate and duplex mode are set to auto-negotiation.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT= ETH_COVERBOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UTRPc. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add tunnels from the UTRPc to the GTMUb and UMPT_L. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=4, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UTRPc in slot 4 to the GTMUb in slot 6. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=4, TUNNELID=1, DSRN=1, DSN=7, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UTRPc in slot 4 of subrack 0 to the UMPT_L in slot 7 of subrack 1.
Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB and an uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW/U2000 through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000 through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4. Skip this step if the UMPT_U has already been configured with a route to the
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
U2000.
Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB and a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB. When co-transmission for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the UTRPc backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB and the downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, CN=0, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=5, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1; ADD IPRT: RTIDX=6, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1; ADD IPRT: RTIDX=7, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1; //Add a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB for the UTRPc in slot 4.
Step 7 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS, eNodeB and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS and eNodeB are deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 8 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS, eNodeB and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS and eNodeB are deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. The DHCP server of the BTS is BSC, while the DHCP server of the eNodeB is U2000. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the eNodeB. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="21.21.21.1"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
Step 9 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and NodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB and the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB added in step 6 must be different from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, and set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB to 20.20.20.201, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
163
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE; ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.201", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for the NodeB, eNodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station CoTransmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=32; //Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and eNodeB and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the NodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=32; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.15.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the RNC is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
164
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
LTE Side Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/S-GW is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0; PING: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
7.16 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG +T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.16.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-27 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/GE port on the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/SGW. The GTMUb and UMPT_U in one BBU are interconnected by using backplanes. The UMPT_L and UMPT_U are interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
165
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-27 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side (UCIU+UMPT interconnection)
Figure 7-28 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/GE port on the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/SGW. The GTMUb and UMPT_U in one BBU are interconnected by using backplanes. The UMPT_L and UMPT_U are interconnected by using interconnection cables. Figure 7-28 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side (UMPT+UMPT interconnection)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
166
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-29 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UG+L multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/GE port on the UMPT_U of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the U+GL multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMUb and UMPT_U are interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU. The LMPT and UMPT_U are interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU. Figure 7-29 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UG+L multimode base station side
This document provides only the engineering guidelines for the scenario shown in Figure 7-27. The engineering guidelines for the scenario shown in Figure 7-29 is similar to those for the scenario shown in Figure 7-29. l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
167
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.16.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-30 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side. Figure 7-30 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side
Table 7-18 describes the data plan. Table 7-18 Data plan Item
IP Address
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
168
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
IP Address
Remarks
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UMPT_U
20.20.20.1/24
-
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This IP address is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UMPT_U of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME. This IP address is configured on the cotransmission port.
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS: peer IP address for the OM channel
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the BTS main control board.
BTS ESN
abcdefghijklmn
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
169
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NOTE
In this scenario, the GTMUb does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex mode and rate because the GTMUb communicates with the UMPT_U through the backplane. In addition, the UMPT_L does not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes because the UMPT_L communicates with the UCIU through the CI interface. The IP address plan for IP co-transmission in UCIU+UMPT interconnection is the same as that in UMPT +UMPT interconnection.
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSBRD
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Board Type
BT
Board Type
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
Link No.
LN
Link No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Upper Node Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Node Cabinet No.
Upper Node Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Node Subrack No.
Upper Node Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Node Slot No.
Upper Node Port No.
UPPT
Upper Node Port No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
BTS Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Source Cabinet No.
SRCCN
Source Cabinet No.
BTSCTRLLNK
BTSTUNNEL
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
170
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSDEVIP
BTSIP
BTSIPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Source Subrack No.
SRCSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SRCSN
Source Slot No.
BTS Tunnel No.
TN
BTS Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DSTCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSTSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSTSN
Destination Slot No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
BTS Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
IP Mask
MASK
IP Mask
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
BTS Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
BTS Communication Type
BTSCOMTYPE
BTS Communication Type
BTS IP
BTSIP
BTS IP
BSC IP
BSCIP
BSC IP
BTS MultiIP Switch
BTSMUTIP
BTS MultiIP Switch
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Route Index
RTIDX
Route Index
Destination IP Address
DSTIP
Destination IP Address
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
171
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSESN
IPRT
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Destination Address Mask
DSTMASK
Destination Address Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Port Subrack No.
SRN
Port Subrack No.
Port Slot No.
SN
Port Slot No.
Interface Type
ITFType
Interface Type
Outgoing Interface No.
IFNO
Outgoing Interface No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
OM Bear Board
OMBEARBOARD
OM Bear Board
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Destination IP address
DSTIP
Destination IP address
Destination address mask
DSTMASK
Destination address mask
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BRD
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Board Type
BT
-
SubBoard Type
SBT
-
Local Link No.
LN
Local Link No.
Local Cabinet No.
CN
Local Cabinet No.
CTRLLNK
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
172
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
TUNNEL
IPRT
DHCPSVRIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Local Subrack No.
SRN
Local Subrack No.
Local Slot No.
SN
Local Slot No.
Upper Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Cabinet No.
Upper Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Subrack No.
Upper Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Slot No.
Upper Port No.
UPPT
Upper Port No.
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
173
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
DHCPRELAYSWITC H
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
VLANMAP
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLANCLASS
Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
CTRLLNK
Local Link No.
LN
Local Link No.
Local Cabinet No.
CN
Local Cabinet No.
Local Subrack No.
SRN
Local Subrack No.
Local Slot No.
SN
Local Slot No.
Upper Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Cabinet No.
Upper Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Subrack No.
Upper Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Slot No.
Upper Port No.
UPPT
Upper Port No.
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
TUNNEL
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
174
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
DEVIP
IPRT
RSCGRP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
BEAR
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
175
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPPath
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Bearing Port Type
PT
Bearing Port Type
Bearing Port No.
PN
Bearing Port No.
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Rate Unit
RU
Rate Unit
Tx Bandwidth
TXBW
Tx Bandwidth
Rx Bandwidth
RXBW
Rx Bandwidth
TX Committed Burst Size
TXCBS
TX Committed Burst Size
TX Excessive Burst Size
TXEBS
TX Excessive Burst Size
Operator ID
OID
Operator ID
Scheduling Weight
WEIGHT
Scheduling Weight
TX Committed Information Rate
TXCIR
TX Committed Information Rate
RX Committed Information Rate
RXCIR
RX Committed Information Rate
TX Peak Information Rate
TXPIR
TX Peak Information Rate
RX Peak Information Rate
RXPIR
RX Peak Information Rate
TX Peak Burst Size
TXPBS
TX Peak Burst Size
IP Path ID
PATHID
IP Path ID
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Join Transmission Resource Group
JNRSCGRP
Join Transmission Resource Group
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
176
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
OMCH
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Local IP
LOCALIP
Local IP
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Path Type
PATHTYPE
Path Type
Local IP
IP
Local IP
Local Mask
MASK
Local Mask
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Peer Mask
PEERMASK
Peer Mask
Bearer Type
BEAR
Bearer Type
Binding Route
BRT
Binding Route
7.16.3 Precautions None
7.16.4 Hardware Adjustment l
Unlike non-co-transmission scenario, this scenario requires that the UMPT_L must be configured on the eNodeB side. In addition, the UCIU must be configured on the BTS side.
l
The UCIU in the BBU subrack accommodating the NodeB and BTS is connected to the UMPT_L in the BBU subrack accommodating the eNodeB by using inter-subrack interconnection cables.
l
A cable to the UMPT_U on the UG+L multimode base station side is used to connect to the transport network.
7.16.5 Initial Configuration (Optional)Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side Configure a route from the U2000 to the DHCP relay of the eNodeB. In this step, set the destination IP address to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure a route for each port IP address.
Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
177
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Using MML Commands
Step 1 (UCIU+UMPT interconnection) Run the ADD BTSBRD command to add a UCIU. ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU; //Add a UCIU to slot 0.
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSCTRLLNK to add a BBU interconnection control link between GSM and LTE. (UCIU+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0; //Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack subrack 0. (UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=7, UPPT=8; //Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack subrack 0.
LN=0, CN=0, 1 and slot 0 of LN=0, CN=0, 1 and slot 7 of
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the UMPT_U. ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7; //Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UMPT_U in slot 7.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb. ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on individual needs. SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO; //Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.
Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 3. ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 7 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS. ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn", OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD; //OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
178
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 8 (Optional)Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS. In this step, set DSTIP to the port IP address of the NodeB. ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay;
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the eNodeB Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands NOTE
In this scenario, the eNodeB uses the CI interface for communication. Therefore, Ethernet ports are not required.
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a BBU interconnection control link. (UCIU+UMPT interconnection) ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0; //Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 0 of subrack 0. The BBU subrack number for the eNodeB must be different from that for the BTS and NodeB. It is assumed that the BBU subrack number for the eNodeB is 1 here. (UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=7, UPPT=8; //Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of subrack 0. The BBU subrack number for the eNodeB must be different from that for the BTS and NodeB. It is assumed that the BBU subrack number for the eNodeB is 1 here.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_L to the UMPT_U. ADD TUNNEL: SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=7,TUNNELTYPE=UL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L of the eNodeB in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the UMPT_U in slot 7 of subrack 0.
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the eNodeB uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set PT to LOOPINT. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set PT based on individual needs. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
179
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
ADD DEVIP: SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //When configuring the signaling/service IP address for the eNodeB, set SRN to 1, SN to 7, and PT to LOOPINT.
Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the eNodeB to the MME/SGW/U2000. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 2. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource group. ADD RSCGRP: SRN=1, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS, TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000, RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000; //When adding a transmission resource group, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 6 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY; //When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 7 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel. ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO; //When adding an OM channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
180
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the NodeB. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_U. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a BBU interconnection control link. (UCIU+UMPT interconnection) UPSN=0, UPPT=0; //Add a BBU interconnection subrack 0. (UMPT+UMPT interconnection) UPSN=7, UPPT=8; //Add a BBU interconnection subrack 0.
ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 0 of ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add tunnels from the UMPT_U to the GTMUb and UMPT_L. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 to the GTMUb in slot 6. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, TUNNELID=1, DSRN=1, DSN=7, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_U in slot 7 of subrack 0 to the UMPT_L in slot 7 of subrack 1.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB and an uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW/U2000 through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000 through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7. Skip this step if the UMPT_U has already been configured with a route to the U2000.
Step 5 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB and a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB. When co-transmission for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the UMPT_U backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB and the Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
181
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=5, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1; ADD IPRT: RTIDX=6, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1; ADD IPRT: RTIDX=7, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1; //Add a downlink route from the MME/S-GW/U2000 to the eNodeB through the NodeB for the UMPT_U in slot 7.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 7 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, the NodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. The DHCP server of the BTS is BSC, while the DHCP server of the eNodeB is U2000. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the eNodeB. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
Step 8 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and NodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB and the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB added in step 4 must be different from the uplink route for the NodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, and set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the eNodeB to the MME/S-GW through the NodeB to 20.20.20.201, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the NodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE; ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB. For details about DSCP values Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
182
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station CoTransmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the NodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=32; //Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the NodeB and eNodeB and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the NodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=32; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.16.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the RNC is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
183
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
LTE Side Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/S-GW is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0; PING: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
7.17 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from transmission through the main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.
7.17.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-31 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
184
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-31 Network topologies before and after reconstruction
l
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
7.17.2 Data Preparation Figure 7-32 shows an example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
185
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-32 Example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side
Table 7-19 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-19 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
When DHCP relay is enabled for the NodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is 10.10.10.10, which is the device IP address of the BSC.
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the U2000
60. 60. 60.60/24
-
IP address of the port on router 1 that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
186
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of the port on router 1 that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on router 2 that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of FE 0 port on the NodeB
22.22.22.1/24
-
IP address of FE 1 port on the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
-
OM IP address of the NodeB
24.24.24.24/24
-
IP address of FE 0 port on the BTS
22.22.22.188/24
-
NOTE
IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS must be on the same network segment.Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between the two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.
7.17.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure Introduction to IP Rehoming The IP rehoming function is introduced to facilitate IP co-transmission reconstruction on the GSM side. The IP rehoming function remotely delivers new IP transmission configuration data to the BTS using messages before reconstruction. After receiving the new data, the BTS saves it to the flash memory. Once the BTS resets, it uses the new data to attempt to set up links to the BSC within a period of time. This saves the detection time. After setting up links to the BSC, the BTS deletes the old IP transmission configuration data.
Reconstruction Preparations 1.
Check the system. l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction. l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER or NodeB MML command LST VER to check the software version for a BTS or NodeB.
2.
Get ready boards and obtain software versions. l Get ready a WMPT. l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
187
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
3.
7 Engineering Guidelines
Back up data. l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week before reconstruction. l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
4.
Make the reconfiguration scripts. l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side. l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts: – IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side. – Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM Side in section 7.5 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
5.
Make the rollback scripts. l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the GSM Side
Reconstruction Procedure Step 1 Upgrade the software. If the BTS software version does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction. Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations. 1.
Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts. NOTE
Upgrade the software Remove the GTMU and install the WMPT at the site. Connect the GTMU to the WMPT through panel interconnection, and connect the transmission cable to the planned port on the WMPT.
2.
Deactivate the BTS on the BSC and prepare for scripts for BTS reconstruction to reactivate the BTS.
3.
Use the scripts for BTS reconstruction to perform automatic NodeB deployment.
4.
Install and power on the GTMU, and wait for BTS deployment.
Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.5.6 Activation Observation. Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails. l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.17.6 Rollback l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction. ----End Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
188
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.17.4 Precautions None
7.17.5 Reconfiguration Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side For details, see section 7.5 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
Reconfiguration on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of the next-hop route from the BTS to the BSC. IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, NEXTHOP="30.30.30.1";
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data. ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
----End
7.17.6 Rollback Rollback on the UMTS Side Remove the NodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > UMTS > Right-click a site > Delete.)
Rollback on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.) DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP Path.) RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0; //Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > Adjacent Node.) RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017; //Remove an Abis adjacent node.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Delete Site.) RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
189
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script Executor > Project > Load Project > Upload Project > Activate Project.) ----End
7.18 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from transmission through the main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side.
7.18.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-33 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction. Figure 7-33 Network topologies before and after reconstruction
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
190
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated: NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.18.2 Data Preparation Figure 7-34 shows an example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
191
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-34 Example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LG multimode base station side
Table 7-20 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-20 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the eNodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
192
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of FE port 1 on the eNodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31. 31. 31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
LTE: peer IP address for the OM channel
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
ESN of the BTS
abcdefghijklmn
-
7.18.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure Reconstruction Preparations 1.
Check the system. l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction. l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER to check the software version for a BTS. Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
2.
Get ready boards and obtain software versions. l Check whether the main control board of the BTS is a GTMUb. If the main control board of the BTS is not a GTMUb, get ready a GTMUb. l Get ready an LMPT/UMPT_L.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
193
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station. 3.
Back up data. l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week before reconstruction. l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
4.
Make the reconfiguration scripts. l For details about reconfigurations on the eNodeB side, see Reconfiguration on the eNodeB Side. l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts: – IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side. – Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM Side "in section 7.9 Main-Control-Board-based IP Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/TG Multimode Base Station Side
5.
Make the rollback scripts. l For details about rollback scripts on the eNodeB side, see Rollback on the LTE Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the BTS side, see Rollback on the GSM Side.
6.
Prepare for automatic deployment. l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB flash drive for the reconstructed GL multimode base station, and prepare another commissioning USB flash drive for the BTS before the reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction fails. l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the configuration file for the eNodeB to the U2000, and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the eNodeB.
Reconstruction Procedure Step 1 Upgrade the software. If the BTS software version does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction. Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations. 1.
Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts. NOTE
BTS services are interrupted when steps 2 to 5 are performed. Before performing the following steps, power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the eNodeB is deployed. This is because the IP rehoming scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are effective within specified time.
2.
Remove the GTMUb and install the LMPT/UMPT_L at the site. Connect the transmission cable to the planned port on the LMPT/UMPT_L.
3.
Deactivate the BTS on the BSC and prepare for scripts for BTS reconstruction to reactivate the BTS.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
194
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
4.
Perform automatic eNodeB deployment. For details about automatic deployment, see 3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide.
5.
Install and power on the GTMUb, and wait for BTS deployment.
Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.9.6 Activation Observation. Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails. l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.18.6 Rollback l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction. ----End
7.18.4 Precautions None
7.18.5 Reconfiguration Reconfiguration on the eNodeB Side For details, see Initial Configuration on the LTE Side in section 7.9 Main-Control-Boardbased IP Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LG/ TG Multimode Base Station Side.
Reconfiguration on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from the GTMUb to the LMPT/UMPT_L. IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=1, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the tunnel from the BTS to the BSC. IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data. ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
----End Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
195
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.18.6 Rollback Rollback on the LTE Side Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)
Rollback on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.) DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP Path.) RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0; //Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > Adjacent Node.) RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017; //Remove an Abis adjacent node.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Delete Site.) RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script Executor> Project > Load Project > Activate Project.) ----End
7.19 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a BTS to Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from transmission through the main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.
7.19.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-35 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
196
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-35 Network topologies before and after reconstruction
l
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
7.19.2 Data Preparation Figure 7-36 shows an example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
197
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-36 Example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel on a BTS to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side
Table 7-21 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-21 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11./24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
198
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UMPT_U of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME This IP address is configured on the co-transmission port.
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS: peer IP address for the OM channel
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the BTS main control board.
BTS ESN
abcdefghijklmn
-
7.19.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure Reconstruction Preparations 1.
Check the system. l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction. l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER to check the software version for a BTS. Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
2.
Get ready boards and obtain software versions. l Check whether the main control board of the BTS is a GTMUb. If the main control board of the BTS is not a GTMUb, get a GTMUb ready.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
199
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
l Get ready a UMPT_U. l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and MULTIMODE BASE STATION. 3.
Back up data. l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week before reconstruction. l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.)
4.
Make the reconfiguration scripts. l For details about reconfigurations on the NodeB side, see Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side. l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts: – IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side. – Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM Side in section 7.10 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
5.
Make the rollback scripts. l For details about rollback scripts on the eNodeB side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the BTS side, see Rollback on the GSM Side.
6.
Prepare for automatic deployment. l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB flash drive for the reconstructed UG multimode base station, and prepare another commissioning USB flash drive for the BTS before the reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction fails. l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the configuration file for the NodeB to the U2000, and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB.
Reconstruction Procedure Step 1 Upgrade the software. If the BTS software version does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction. Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations. 1.
Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts. NOTE
BTS services are interrupted when steps 2 to 5 are performed. Before performing the following steps, power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the NodeB is deployed. This is because the IP rehoming scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are effective within specified time.
2.
Remove the GTMUb and install the UMPT_U at the site. Connect the transmission cable to the planned port on the UMPT_U.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
200
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
3.
Deactivate the BTS on the BSC and prepare for scripts for BTS reconstruction to reactivate the BTS.
4.
Perform automatic NodeB deployment. For details about automatic deployment, see 3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide.
5.
Install and power on the GTMUb, and wait for BTS deployment.
Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.10.6 Activation Observation. Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails. l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.19.6 Rollback. l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction. ----End
7.19.4 Precautions None
7.19.5 Reconfiguration Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side For details, see Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side in section 7.10 Main-Control-Boardbased Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
Reconfiguration on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from the GTMUb to the LMPT/UMPT_L. IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=1, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the tunnel from the BTS to the BSC. IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data. ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
----End Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
201
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.19.6 Rollback Rollback on the UMTS Side Remove the NodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > UMTS > Right-click a site > Delete.)
Rollback on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.) DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP Path.) RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0; //Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > Adjacent Node.) RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017; //Remove an Abis adjacent node.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Delete Site.) RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script Executor> Project > Load Project > Activate Project.) ----End
7.20 Reconstruction from Transmission Through the Main Control Board Panel on a NodeB to Main-Control-Boardbased Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from transmission through the main control board panel on a NodeB to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UL multimode base station side.
7.20.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-37 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
202
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-37 Network topologies before and after reconstruction
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
203
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.20.2 Data Preparation Figure 7-38 shows an example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel on a NodeB to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UL multimode base station side. Figure 7-38 Example of reconstruction from transmission through the main control board panel on a NodeB to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UL multimode base station side
Table 7-22 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-22 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
204
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UMPT_U
20.20.20.1/24
-
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
NodeB: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the NodeB main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the NodeB main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UMPT_U of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS/LTE: peer IP address for the OM channel
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
205
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.20.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure Reconstruction Preparations 1.
Check the system. l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction. l Run the NodeB MML command LST VER to check the software version for a NodeB. Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
2.
Get ready boards and obtain software versions. l Get ready the optical modules, and eNodeB hardware. The main control board for the eNodeB is UMPT_L. Optical modules on the UMPT_U and UMPT_L must meet specifications. For details about the specifications of optical modules, see "BBU Cascading" in the 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide. l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3.
Back up data. l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week before reconstruction. l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC. (CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration Files.)
4.
Make the reconfiguration scripts. l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side. l For details about reconfigurations on the eNodeB side, see Initial Configuration on the LTE Side in section 7.12 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
5.
Make the rollback scripts. l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the eNodeB side, see Rollback on the LTE Side.
6.
Prepare for automatic deployment. l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB flash drive for the reconstructed UL multimode base station, and prepare another commissioning USB flash drive for the NodeB before the reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction fails. l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000 and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB: New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
206
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction
Reconstruction Procedure Step 1 Reconstruct hardware. 1.
Replace the WMPT with the UMPT_U.
2.
Connect the transmission cable to the planned port on the UMPT_U.
3.
Install the eNodeB.
Step 2 Modify data configurations for NodeB. 1.
Perform automatic NodeB deployment. For details about automatic deployment, see 3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide.
2.
Wait for 10 minutes, and check that services processed on the NodeB are normal on the U2000.
Step 3 Perform automatic eNodeB deployment. For details about automatic deployment, see 3900 Series Base Station Commissioning Guide. Step 4 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.12.6 Activation Observation. Step 5 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails. l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction. l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.20.6 Rollback. ----End
7.20.4 Precautions None
7.20.5 Reconfiguration Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side For details, see Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side in section 7.12 Main-Control-Boardbased Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/ UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
Reconfiguration on the LTE Side For details, see Initial Configuration on the LTE Side in section 7.12 Main-Control-Boardbased Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UL/ UT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
7.20.6 Rollback Rollback on the UMTS Side If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is normal, download the backed up original configuration files from the U2000 to the NodeB. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
207
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is disconnected, the NodeB performs automatic deployment by using the backed up original configuration files.
Rollback on the LTE Side Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)
7.21 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-based IP CoTransmission Through Panel Interconnection to UTRPcbased Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over FE/ GE mode.
7.21.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-39 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction. Figure 7-39 Network topologies before and after reconstruction
l
Requirements for the license
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
208
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
The license is not required.
7.21.2 Data Preparation Figure 7-40 shows an example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through panel interconnection to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side. Figure 7-40 Example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UG multimode base station side
Table 7-23 describes the IP address plan.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
209
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Table 7-23 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS: peer IP address for the OM channel
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of FE port 1 on the UTRPc of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
-
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of the BTS
30.30.30.188/24
-
ESN of the BTS
abcdefghijklmn
-
7.21.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure Reconstruction Preparations 1.
Check the system.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
210
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction. l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER to check the software version for a BTS. Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection. 2.
Get ready boards and obtain software versions. l Get ready a GTMUb if the main control board of the BTS is not a GTMUb. l Get ready a UTRPc. l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3.
Back up data. l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week before reconstruction. l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.) l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC. (CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration Files.)
4.
Make the reconfiguration scripts. l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side.. l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts: – IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side.. – Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM Side in section 7.11 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
5.
Make the rollback scripts. l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the GSM Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side"
6.
Prepare for automatic deployment. l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB flash drive for the reconstructed UG multimode base station, and prepare another commissioning USB flash drive for the UG multimode base station before the reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction fails. l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000 and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB: New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
211
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Reconstruction Procedure Step 1 Upgrade the software. If the software version of the multimode base station does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction. Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations. 1.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD BRD to add a UTRPc. ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc;
2.
Insert the UTRPc into its slot in the NodeB. Then, the UTRPc software is upgraded automatically. Run the NodeB MML command DSP BRD to check whether the UTRPc is running properly and run the NodeB MML command LST VER to check whether the UTRPc software version is correct. DSP BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4; LST VER: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4;
3.
Download the configuration file in .xml format from the U2000 to the NodeB by choosing Software > NE File Transfer > From OSS Client to NE on the U2000.
4.
Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts. NOTE
BTS and NodeB services are interrupted when steps 5 to 9 are performed. Before performing the following steps, power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the NodeB is deployed. This is because the IP rehoming scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are effective within specified time.
5.
Run the U2000 MML command SET CFGFILEENB to activate the NodeB configuration file. SET CFGFILEENB: FLAG=ENABLE, RSTMODE=IMMEDIATELY;
6.
Instruct field engineers to remove the Ethernet cable from the WMPT/UMPT_U and connect the cable to the port on the UTRPc. Then, remove the GTMUb.
7.
Deactivate the BTS on the BSC, and execute the scripts for reconstruction to reactivate the BTS.
8.
Check that the NodeB maintenance links are normal on the U2000. Install and power on the GTMUb of the BTS to make the BTS IP rehoming scripts take effect.
9.
Wait for 10 minutes, and check that services processed on the BTS and NodeB are normal on the U2000.
Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see 7.11.6 Activation Observation. Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails. l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.21.6 Rollback. l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction. ----End
7.21.4 Precautions None Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
212
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.21.5 Reconfiguration Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side For details, see Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side in section 7.11 UTRPc-based CoTransmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
Reconfiguration on the GSM Side Perform the following steps to generate an IP rehoming script: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from the GTMUb to the UTRPc. IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=4;
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the tunnel from the BTS to the BSC. IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data. ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
----End
7.21.6 Rollback Rollback on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0; //Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017; //Remove an Abis adjacent node.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
213
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. ----End
Rollback on the UMTS Side If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is normal, download the backed up original configuration files from the U2000 to the NodeB. If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is disconnected, the NodeB performs automatic deployment by using the backed up original configuration files.
7.22 Reconstruction from UTRPc-BackplaneInterconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side to UTRPc-BackplaneInterconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG +L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from UTRPc-based IP cotransmission through backplane interconnection on the UG multimode base station side to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UG+L multimode base station side.
7.22.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective
Figure 7-41 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
214
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-41 Network topologies before and after reconstruction
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
215
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.22.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-42 shows an example of reconstruction from UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to UTRPcbased IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
216
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-42 Example of reconstruction from UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to UTRPcbased IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side
Table 7-24 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-24 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
217
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
LTE: peer IP address for the OM channel
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UTRPc of the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of FE port 1 on the UTRPc of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
218
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
ESN of the BTS
abcdefghijklmn
-
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSBRD
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Board Type
BT
Board Type
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
Link No.
LN
Link No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Upper Node Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Node Cabinet No.
Upper Node Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Node Subrack No.
Upper Node Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Node Slot No.
Upper Node Port No.
UPPT
Upper Node Port No.
BTSCTRLLNK
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
219
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BRD
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Board Type
BT
-
SubBoard Type
SBT
-
Local Link No.
LN
Local Link No.
Local Cabinet No.
CN
Local Cabinet No.
Local Subrack No.
SRN
Local Subrack No.
Local Slot No.
SN
Local Slot No.
Upper Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Cabinet No.
Upper Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Subrack No.
Upper Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Slot No.
Upper Port No.
UPPT
Upper Port No.
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
CTRLLNK
TUNNEL
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
220
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
Data Preparation on the LTE Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
CTRLLNK
Local Link No.
LN
Local Link No.
Local Cabinet No.
CN
Local Cabinet No.
Local Subrack No.
SRN
Local Subrack No.
Local Slot No.
SN
Local Slot No.
Upper Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Cabinet No.
Upper Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Subrack No.
Upper Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Slot No.
Upper Port No.
UPPT
Upper Port No.
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
TUNNEL
DEVIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
221
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPRT
RSCGRP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
BEAR
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Bearing Port Type
PT
Bearing Port Type
Bearing Port No.
PN
Bearing Port No.
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Rate Unit
RU
Rate Unit
Tx Bandwidth
TXBW
Tx Bandwidth
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
222
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPPath
OMCH
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Rx Bandwidth
RXBW
Rx Bandwidth
TX Committed Burst Size
TXCBS
TX Committed Burst Size
TX Excessive Burst Size
TXEBS
TX Excessive Burst Size
Operator ID
OID
Operator ID
Scheduling Weight
WEIGHT
Scheduling Weight
TX Committed Information Rate
TXCIR
TX Committed Information Rate
RX Committed Information Rate
RXCIR
RX Committed Information Rate
TX Peak Information Rate
TXPIR
TX Peak Information Rate
RX Peak Information Rate
RXPIR
RX Peak Information Rate
TX Peak Burst Size
TXPBS
TX Peak Burst Size
IP Path ID
PATHID
IP Path ID
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Join Transmission Resource Group
JNRSCGRP
Join Transmission Resource Group
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
Local IP
LOCALIP
Local IP
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Path Type
PATHTYPE
Path Type
Local IP
IP
Local IP
Local Mask
MASK
Local Mask
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
223
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Peer Mask
PEERMASK
Peer Mask
Bearer Type
BEAR
Bearer Type
Binding Route
BRT
Binding Route
7.22.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure Reconstruction Preparations 1.
Check the system. l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction. l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER or NodeB MML command LST VER to check the software version for a BTS or NodeB. Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
2.
Get ready boards and obtain software versions. l Get ready the UCIU, optical modules, and eNodeB hardware. The main control board for the eNodeB is UMPT_L. Optical modules on the UCIU and UMPT_L must meet specifications. For details about the specifications of optical modules, see "BBU Interconnection" in the MBTS Initial Configuration(GUL). l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3.
Back up data. l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week before reconstruction. l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.) l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC. (CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration Files.)
4.
Make the reconfiguration scripts. l For details about reconfiguration on the GSM side, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side. l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see "Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side.".
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
224
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
l For details about reconfigurations on the LTE side, see Reconfiguration on the LTE Side. 5.
Make the rollback scripts. l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the GSM Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the LTE side, see Rollback on the LTE Side
6.
Prepare for automatic deployment. l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB flash drive for the reconstructed UGL multimode base station, and prepare another commissioning USB flash drive for the UG multimode base station before the reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction fails. l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000 and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB: New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction
Reconstruction Procedure Step 1 Upgrade the software. If the software version of the multimode base station does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction. Step 2 Reconstruct hardware. For details, see section 7.22.6 Hardware Adjustment. Step 3 Modify data configurations. l Execute reconstruction scripts for the NodeB on the U2000 side. Step 4 Execute the site deployment scripts for the eNodeB on the U2000 according to the procedure for deploying an eNodeB. For details about how to make site deployment scripts, see eNodeB Initial Configuration(CME) or eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide. For details about the changes related to co-transmission, see "Reconfiguration on the eNodeB Side." Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.15.6 Activation Observation. Step 5 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails. l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.22.7 Rollback l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction. ----End
7.22.4 Precautions None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
225
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.22.5 Reconfiguration Reconfiguration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the ADD BTSBRD command to add a UCIU. ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU; //Add a UCIU to slot 0.
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSCTRLLNK to add a BBU interconnection control link between GSM and LTE. ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=0, LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0; //Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of subrack 0.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UTRPc to the eNodeB. ADD TUNNEL: SCN=0, SSRN=0, SSN=4, TUNNELID=1, DCN=0, DSRN=1, DSN=7, TUNNELTYPE=DL;
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route. 1.
Add a route from the UTRPc to the OM IP address of the eNodeB, and add a route from the UTRPc to the signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="31.31.31.188", DSTM2ASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1; ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="33.33.33.188", DSTM2ASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1;
2.
Add a next-hop route from the UTRPc to the S1 signaling plane on the MME. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
3.
Add a next-hop route from the UTRPc to the S-GW.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
226
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SBT=ETH_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1";
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. The eNodeB uses the U2000 as the DHCP server. Therefore, the IP address of the U2000 needs to be added to the IP address list. In this scenario, DHCP server can forward DHCP packets for the eNodeB. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60";
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Reconfiguration on the LTE Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands NOTE
In this scenario, the eNodeB uses the CI interface for communication. Therefore, Ethernet ports are not required.
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a control link between BBU subracks. ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0; //Add a control link from the board in slot 7 of BBU subrack 1 to the board in slot 0 of BBU subrack 0. The number of the BBU subrack accommodating the eNodeB must be different from the number of the BBU subrack accommodating the BTS and NodeB. This section assumes that the number of the BBU subrack accommodating the eNodeB is 1.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the LMPT/UMPT_L to the UTRPc controlled by the NodeB. ADD TUNNEL: SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=4,TUNNELTYPE=UL;
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the IP address of the eNodeB. In this step, set PT to LOOPINT. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //CN specifies the number of the cabinet accommodating the board where the Ethernet port is located. SRN specifies the number of the subrack accommodating the board where the Ethernet port is located. SN specifies the number of the slot accommodating the board where the Ethernet port is located. PN specifies the number
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
227
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
of the Ethernet port.
Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to a tunnel. In this step, set IFNO to the number of the tunnel on the backplane of the eNodeB (0). 1.
Add a route from the eNodeB to the MME. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255 ", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
2.
Add a route from the eNodeB to the U2000. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
3.
Add a route from the eNodeB to the S-GW. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an OM channel. ADD OMCH: IP="31.31.31.188", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO;
Step 6 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource group. ADD RSCGRP: SRN=1, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS, TXBW=3000, RXBW=3000, TXCBS=4000, TXEBS=4000, TXCIR=4000, RXCIR=4000, TXPIR=4000, RXPIR=4000, TXPBS=4000; //Set parameters for a transmission resource group. In this step, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 7 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, PN=0, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="33.33.33.188", PEERIP="50.50.50.50", PATHTYPE=ANY; //Add an IP path. In this step, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the LTE Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.22.6 Hardware Adjustment l
Insert a UCIU into the original BBU subrack.
l
Install the eNodeB. The main control board for the eNodeB is UMPT_L.
l
Insert optical modules into the UCIU and UMPT_L. Connect optical cables between the UCIU and UMPT_L.
For details, see Installation Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
228
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.22.7 Rollback Rollback on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the RMV BTSCTRLLNK command to remove the BBU interconnection control link between GSM and LTE. RMV BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=0, LN=0; //Remove the BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 0 of subrack 0.
Step 2 Run the RMV BTSBRD command to remove the UCIU. RMV BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0; //Remove the UCIU in slot 0.
----End
Rollback on the LTE Side Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)
Rollback on the UMTS Side Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command RMV IPRT to remove routes. 1.
Remove a route to the tunnel from the UTRPc to the eNodeB. RMV IPRT: RTIDX=0; RMV IPRT: RTIDX=1;
2.
Remove a next-hop route from the UTRPc to the MME. RMV IPRT: RTIDX=2;
3.
Remove a next-hop route from the UTRPc to the S-GW. RMV IPRT: RTIDX=3;
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command RMV TUNNEL to remove a tunnel from the UTRPc to the eNodeB. RMV TUNNEL: SCN=0, SSRN=0, SSN=4, TUNNELID=1, DCN=0, DSRN=1, DSN=7;
----End
7.23 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-based CoTransmission Through Panel Interconnection on the UG Multimode Base Station Side to UTRPc-based CoTransmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
229
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.23.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-43 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction. Figure 7-43 Network topologies before and after reconstruction
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
230
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
7.23.2 Data Preparation Figure 7-44 shows an example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to UTRPc-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separateMPT UG+L multimode base station side.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
231
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-44 Example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to UTRPcbased IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UG+L multimode base station side
Table 7-25 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-25 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
232
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
Port IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
When DHCP relay is enabled for the NodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is 10.10.10.10, which is the device IP address of the BSC.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UTRPc of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME. This IP address is configured on the cotransmission port.
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the BTS main control board.
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
233
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
ESN of the BTS
abcdefghijklmn
-
7.23.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure Reconstruction Preparations 1.
Check the system. l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction. l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER or NodeB MML command LST VER to check the software version for a BTS or NodeB. Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
2.
Get ready boards and obtain software versions. l Get ready the UTRPc, UCIU, optical modules, and eNodeB hardware. The main control board for the eNodeB is UMPT_L. Optical modules on the UCIU and UMPT_L must meet specifications. For details about the specifications of optical modules, see "BBU Cascading" in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide. l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3.
Back up data. l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week before reconstruction. l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.) l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC. (CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration Files.)
4.
Make the reconfiguration scripts. l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
234
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
– IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side. – Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see Initial Configuration on the GSM Side in section 7.15 UTRPc-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode. l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side. l For details about reconfigurations on the eNodeB side, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side. 5.
Make the rollback scripts. l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the GSM Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the eNodeB side, see Rollback on the LTE Side.
6.
Prepare for automatic deployment. l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB flash drive for the reconstructed UGL multimode base station, and prepare another commissioning USB flash drive for the UG multimode base station before the reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction fails. l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000 and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB: New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction
Reconstruction Procedure Step 1 Upgrade the software. If the software version of the multimode base station does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction. Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations. 1.
Run the ADD BRD command to add a UTRPc. (CME: Main View > Right-click a site > Device Panel > BBU3900 > Right-click a slot > ADD UTRP > Right-click the UTRP > ADD UTRPc) ADD BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, BT=UTRP, SBT=UTRPc;
2.
Run the BTS MML command ADD BTSBRD to add a UCIU. (CME: Root > Right-click a site > Device Panel > Right-click a slot > ADD UCIU.) ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU;
3.
Insert the UCIU and UTRPc into appropriate slots on the NodeB. Meanwhile, the UCIU and UTRPc software is upgraded automatically. Then, run the DSP BRD command to check whether the UTRPc is operating normally, run the DSP BRDVER command to check whether the UTRPc is of the correct version, and run the DSP BTSBRD command to check whether the UCIU is operating normally and of the correct version.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
235
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
DSP BRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4; DSP BRDVER: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4; DSP BTSBRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0;
4.
Download the NodeB configuration file in .xml format from the U2000 to the NodeB by choosing Software > NE File Transfer > From OSS Client to NE.
5.
Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts.
6.
Get ready the eNodeB configuration file and the eNodeB deployment list on the U2000. NOTE
BTS and NodeB services are interrupted when steps 5 to 10 are performed. Before performing the following steps, power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the NodeB is deployed. This is because the IP rehoming scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are effective within specified time.
7.
Run the U2000 MML command SET CFGFILEENB to activate the NodeB configuration file. SET CFGFILEENB: FLAG=ENABLE, RSTMODE=IMMEDIATELY;
8.
Instruct field engineers to remove the GTMUb, and remove the Ethernet cable from the WMPT/UMPT_U and connect the cable to the port on the UTRPc.
9.
Deactivate the BTS on the BSC, and execute the scripts for reconstruction to reactivate the BTS.
10. Check that the NodeB maintenance links are normal on the U2000. After the NodeB is automatically deployed, install and power on the GTMUb of the BTS to make the BTS rehoming scripts take effect. 11. Wait for 10 minutes, and check that services processed on the BTS and NodeB are normal on the U2000. 12. Install the eNodeB and connect the cable between the UMPT_L and the UCIU on the eNodeB. Then, power on the BBU subrack of the eNodeB to deploy the eNodeB. Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.15.6 Activation Observation. Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails. l Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.23.6 Rollback l Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction. ----End
7.23.4 Precautions None
7.23.5 Reconfiguration Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side For details, see Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side in section 7.15 UTRPc-based CoTransmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
236
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Reconfiguration on the GSM Side IP rehoming scripts: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from the GTMUb to the UTRPc. IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=4;
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the tunnel from the BTS to the BSC. IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data. ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
----End
Reconfiguration on the LTE Side For details, see Initial Configuration on the LTE Side in section 7.15 UTRPc-based CoTransmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode.
7.23.6 Rollback Rollback on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.) DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP Path.) RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0; //Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > Adjacent Node.) RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017; //Remove an Abis adjacent node.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Delete Site.) Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
237
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script Executor> Project > Load Project > Activate Project.) ----End
Rollback on the UMTS Side If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is normal, download the backed up original configuration files from the U2000 to the NodeB. If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is disconnected, the NodeB performs automatic deployment by using the backed up original configuration files.
Rollback on the LTE Side Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)
7.24 Reconstruction from Main-Control-Board-PanelInterconnection Co-Transmission on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side to Main-Control-BoardPanel-Interconnection Co-Transmission on the SeparateMPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side This section describes how to reconstruct the transmission mode from main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the UG multimode base station side to main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UGL multimode base station side.
7.24.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-45 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction. After the reconstruction, UCIU+UMPT interconnection is used.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
238
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-45 Network topologies before and after reconstruction (UCIU+UMPT interconnection)
Figure 7-46 shows the network topologies before and after reconstruction. After the reconstruction, UMPT+UMPT interconnection is used.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
239
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-46 Network topologies before and after reconstruction (UMPT+UMPT interconnection)
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
NE
License Control Item Description
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multi-mode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT0 1
81201528
Per eNodeB
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
240
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.24.2 Data Preparation Figure 7-47 shows an example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through panel interconnection on the UG multimode base station side to maincontrol-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the UG+L multimode base station side. After the reconstruction, UCIU+UMPT interconnection is used. Figure 7-47 Example of reconstruction from main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side to maincontrol-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT UGL multimode base station side (UCIU+UMPT interconnection)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
241
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Table 7-26 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-26 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
Port IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
-
IP address of the port on router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
When DHCP relay is enabled for the NodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is 10.10.10.10, which is the device IP address of the BSC.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UMPT_U of the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME. This IP address is configured on the cotransmission port.
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the BTS main control board.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
242
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the eNodeB main control board.
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
ESN of the BTS
abcdefghijklmn
-
NOTE
The IP address plan for IP co-transmission in UCIU+UMPT interconnection is the same as that in UMPT +UMPT interconnection.
7.24.3 Reconstruction Preparations and Procedure Reconstruction Preparations 1.
Check the system. l Perform a health check on the system to check whether network KPIs are normal and whether major alarms were reported. If network KPIs are abnormal or major alarms were reported, record them for KPI or alarm comparison before and after reconstruction. l Run the BSC MML command DSP BTSVER or NodeB MML command LST VER to check the software version for a BTS or NodeB. Multimode base stations of V100R007C00 and later support IP-based co-transmission through backplane interconnection.
2.
Get ready boards and obtain software versions. l Get ready the UCIU, optical modules, and eNodeB hardware. The main control board for the eNodeB is UMPT_L. Optical modules on the UCIU, UMPT_U, and UMPT_L must meet specifications. For details about the specifications of optical modules, see "BBU Cascading" in the3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide. l Obtain the software versions of the MBSC, U2000, CME, and multimode base station.
3.
Back up data. l Back up the measurement results of original performance counters reported one week before reconstruction.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
243
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
l Back up BTS data configurations before reconstruction on the CME. (CME: Main View > Right-click a site > Export MML for Creating BTS.) l Run the NodeB MML command BKP CFGFILE to back up the NodeB configuration file before reconstruction. The configuration file is in .xml format. Then, run the NodeB MML command ULD CFGFILE to upload the configuration file to the local PC. (CME: UMTS Application > Physical NodeB Management > Export Configuration Files.) 4.
Make the reconfiguration scripts. l Reconfiguration on the GSM side has the following scripts: – IP rehoming scripts. For details, see Reconfiguration on the GSM Side.. – Scripts for reconstruction. For details, see "Initial Configuration on the GSM Side" in section "Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side.". l For details about reconfiguration on the UMTS side, see Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side. l For details about reconfigurations on the LTE side, see Reconfiguration on the LTE Side.
5.
Make the rollback scripts. l For details about rollback scripts on the UMTS side, see Rollback on the GSM Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the GSM side, see Rollback on the UMTS Side. l For details about rollback scripts on the LTE side, see Rollback on the LTE Side.
6.
Prepare for automatic deployment. l If the USB + U2000 based deployment is to be applied, prepare a commissioning USB flash drive for the reconstructed GUL multimode base station, and prepare another commissioning USB flash drive for the GU multimode base station before the reconstruction. The second USB flash drive is used for the automatic deployment in case that the reconstruction fails. l If the U2000-based deployment is to be applied, upload the following files to the U2000 and enable the DHCP relay function for the router that is connected to the NodeB: New configuration files for the NodeB and eNodeB NodeB configuration file backed up before the reconstruction
Reconstruction Procedure Step 1 Upgrade the software. If the multimode base station software version does not meet the reconstruction requirements, upgrade the software before reconstruction. Step 2 Reconstruct hardware and modify data configurations. 1.
Run the BTS MML command ADD BTSBRD to add a UCIU. (CME: Root > Right-click a site > Device Panel > Right-click a slot > ADD UCIU.) ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU;
2.
Insert the UCIU into appropriate slots on the NodeB. Meanwhile, the UCIU software is upgraded automatically. Run the DSP BTSBRD command to check whether the UCIU is operating normally and of the correct version.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
244
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
DSP BTSBRD: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0;
3.
Download the NodeB configuration file in .xml format from the U2000 to the NodeB by choosing Software > NE File Transfer > From OSS Client to NE.
4.
Execute the BSC IP rehoming MML command scripts.
5.
Get ready the eNodeB configuration file and the eNodeB deployment list on the U2000. NOTE
BTS and NodeB services are interrupted when steps 5 to 10 are performed. Before performing the following steps, power off the GTMUb, and power on it after the NodeB is deployed. This is because the IP rehoming scripts take effect only after the BTS resets. In addition, the IP rehoming scripts are effective within specified time.
6.
Run the U2000 MML command SET CFGFILEENB to activate the NodeB configuration file. SET CFGFILEENB: FLAG=ENABLE, RSTMODE=IMMEDIATELY;
7.
Instruct field engineers to remove the GTMUb.
8.
Deactivate the BTS on the BSC, and execute the scripts for reconstruction to reactivate the BTS.
9.
Check that the NodeB maintenance links are normal on the U2000. After the NodeB is automatically deployed, install and power on the GTMUb of the BTS to make the BTS rehoming scripts take effect.
10. Wait for 10 minutes, and check that services processed on the BTS and NodeB are normal on the U2000. 11. Install the eNodeB and connect the cable between the UMPT_L and the UCIU on the eNodeB. Then, power on the BBU subrack of the eNodeB to deploy the eNodeB. Step 3 Verify services after reconstruction. For details, see section 7.16.6 Activation Observation Step 4 Perform the rollback operation if reconstruction fails. ----End l
Execute the rollback scripts. For details about the rollback scripts, see section 7.24.6 Rollback.
l
Restore the hardware configuration and network topology to those before reconstruction.
7.24.4 Precautions None
7.24.5 Reconfiguration Reconfiguration on the UMTS Side For details, "Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side" in section "Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode."
Reconfiguration on the GSM Side IP rehoming scripts: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
245
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPPARA to import the communication IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSIPPARA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, IPPHYTRANSTYPE=IP_OVER_FE/GE, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10";
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSDEVIP to import the device IP address of the BTS. IMP BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IPIDX=0, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0";
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSTUNNEL to import the configuration of a tunnel from the GTMUb to the UMPT_U. IMP BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7;
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command IMP BTSIPRT to import the configuration of a route to the tunnel from the BTS to the BSC. IMP BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CFGSW=ENABLE, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command ACT BTSIMPDATA to activate the IP rehoming data. ACT BTSIMPDATA: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
----End
Reconfiguration on the LTE Side For details, see "Initial Configuration on the LTE Side" in section "Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG+L/UG+T Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode. "
7.24.6 Rollback Rollback on the GSM Side Step 1 Run the BSC MML command DEA BTS to deactivate the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Deactivate Site.) DEA BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Step 2 Run the BSC MML command RMV IPPATH to remove an IP path. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > IP Path.) RMV IPPATH: ANI=1017, PATHID=0; //Remove the IP path between the BTS and the BSC.
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command RMV ADJNODE to remove an adjacent node. (CME: Controller > Transmission View > GSM > Abis > Abis Configuration Express > IP Transport > Adjacent Node.) RMV ADJNODE: ANI=1017; //Remove an Abis adjacent node.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command RMV BTS to remove the BTS. (CME: Base Station > GSM > Right-click a site > Delete Site.) RMV BTS: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10;
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
246
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 5 Execute the configuration scripts that are backed up before reconstruction. (CME: Script Executor> Project > Load Project > Activate Project.) ----End
Rollback on the UMTS Side If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is normal, download the backed up original configuration files from the U2000 to the NodeB. If the transmission link between the NodeB and the U2000 is disconnected, the NodeB performs automatic deployment by using the backed up original configuration files.
Rollback on the LTE Side Remove the eNodeB on the CME. (CME: Base Station > LTE > Right-click a site > Delete.)
7.25 Main-Control-Board-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode 7.25.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-48 shows the main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode. In this scenario, an outbound E1/T1 port on the WMPT of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the UG multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC. The GTMU of the BTS is interconnected to the WMPT of the NodeB through FE ports. Figure 7-48 Main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode
l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
247
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
7.25.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-49 shows an example of network topology for main-control-board-based cotransmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode. Figure 7-49 Example of network topology for main-control-board-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode
Table 7-27 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-27 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
23.23.23.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
23.23.23.254/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
248
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of FE port 1 on the NodeB (FE port 1 is used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.)
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of FE port 1 on the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of FE port 0 on the BTS (FE port 0 is used for interconnecting the BTS to the NodeB.)
30.30.30.188/24
GSM: device IP address during configuration on the CME
NOTE
IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS must be on the same network segment. Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between the two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSIPRT
Forward Route Address
NEXTHOP
Forward Route Address
IPRT
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
ETHPORT
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
249
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Maximum Transmission Unit
MTU
Maximum Transmission Unit
Speed
SPEED
Speed
Duplex
DUPLEX
Duplex
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
DEVIP
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
250
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.25.3 Precautions None
7.25.4 Hardware Adjustment When main-control-board-based IP over E1/T1 co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection, no additional hardware is required, but the Ethernet cables between main control board panels are required. Table 7-28 describes the panel interconnection modes. Table 7-28 Main control board panel interconnection modes Base Station Mode
Panel Interconnection Mode
UG
Mode 1: An outbound FE optical port on the WMPT is connected to the GTMU. For example, the outbound E1/T1 port on the WMPT is connected to the transmission device, and the optical port (FE 1) on the WMPT is connected to the optical port (FE 1) on the GTMU. Mode 2: An outbound FE electrical port on the WMPT is connected to the GTMU. For example, the outbound E1/T1 port on the WMPT is connected to the transmission device, and the electrical port (FE 0) on the WMPT is connected to the electrical port (FE 0) on the GTMU.
7.25.5 Initial Configuration Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next-hop address of the route from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of the interconnection port on the WMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is ADD BTSIPRT. Step 2 (Optional)When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS on the BSC side, change the destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
251
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command for configuring the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT. ----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=0, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU.
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the same network segment as the IP address of the interconnection port on the GTMU.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;
Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB. The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on the NodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS, the downlink route from the NodeB to the BTS is not required. Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
252
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side.For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.25.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the BSC/ RNC is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP link between the NodeB and the BSC/ RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="10.10.10.10", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0; PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="11.11.11.11", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP link between the GTMU on the BTS and the BSC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.26 UTRP4-based Co-Transmission Through Panel Interconnection on the Separate-MPT UG Multimode Base Station Side in IP over E1/T1 Mode Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
253
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.26.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-50 shows the UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode. In this scenario, an outbound E1/T1 port on the UTRP4 of the NodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the UG multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC. The GTMU of the BTS is interconnected to the WMPT of the NodeB through FE ports. Figure 7-50 UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separateMPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode
l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: GBFD-118601 Abis over IP WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
7.26.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-51 shows an example of network topology for UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG multimode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode. Figure 7-51 Example of network topology for UTRP4-based co-transmission through panel interconnection on the separate-MPT UG dual mode base station side in IP over E1/T1 mode
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
254
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Table 7-29 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-29 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
23.23.23.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
23.23.23.254/24
-
IP address of FE port 1 on the NodeB (FE port 1 is used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.)
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the E1 port on the NodeB
20.20.20.188/24
UMTS: device IP address during configuration on the CME
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the NodeB
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of FE port 0 on the BTS (FE port 0 is used for interconnecting the BTS to the NodeB.)
30.30.30.188/24
GSM: device IP address during configuration on the CME
NOTE
IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS must be on the same network segment. Data configurations at the data link layer, such as the duplex mode and rate, must be consistent between the two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
255
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSIPRT
Forward Route Address
NEXTHOP
Forward Route Address
IPRT
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
ETHPORT
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Maximum Transmission Unit
MTU
Maximum Transmission Unit
Speed
SPEED
Speed
Duplex
DUPLEX
Duplex
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
DEVIP
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
256
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWI TCH
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
7.26.3 Precautions None
7.26.4 Hardware Adjustment When UTRP4-based IP over E1/T1 co-transmission is implemented through panel interconnection, additional UTRP4 hardware is required, and the Ethernet cables between the WMPT and the GTMU are required. Table 7-30 describes the panel interconnection modes. Table 7-30 Panel interconnection modes Base Station Mode
Panel Interconnection Mode
UG
Mode 1: An outbound FE optical port on the WMPT is connected to the GTMU. For example, the outbound E1/T1 port on the UTRP4 of the NodeB is connected to the transmission device, and the optical port (FE 1) on the WMPT is connected to the optical port (FE 1) on the GTMU. Mode 2: An outbound FE electrical port on the WMPT is connected to the GTMU. For example, the outbound E1/T1 port on the UTRP4 of the NodeB is connected to the transmission device, and the electrical port (FE 0) on the WMPT is connected to the electrical port (FE 0) on the GTMU.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
257
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.26.5 Initial Configuration Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 When configuring a route from the BTS to the BSC, change the next hop of the route from the IP address of the directly connected router to the IP address of the interconnection port on the WMPT. The BSC MML command for configuring the route from the BTS to the BSC is ADD BTSIPRT. Step 2 (Optional)When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS on the BSC side, change the destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the NodeB. If the NodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses. The BSC MML command for configuring the route to the DHCP relay of the BTS is ADD IPRT. ----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GSM Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ETHPORT to set the attributes of the Ethernet port on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. SET ETHPORT: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PN=0, SPEED=AUTO, DUPLEX=AUTO; //Set the parameters for the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU.
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to set the device IP address of the Ethernet port on the WMPT that is used for interconnecting to the GTMU. In this step, ensure that IP addresses of two ports used for interconnecting the NodeB to the BTS are on the same network segment. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; // Set the IP address of the Ethernet port (port 1 on board in slot 7) that is used for interconnecting the WMPT to the GTMU and ensure that the IP address is on the same network segment as the IP address of the interconnection port on the GTMU.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the NodeB. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
258
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=4, SBT=E1_COVERBOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60;
Step 4 (Optional) Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB. The downlink route is required only if the logical IP address is used by the BTS. If the physical port IP address is used by the BTS and the IP addresses of the panel interconnection ports on the NodeB and the BTS are on the same network segment as the port IP address of the BTS, the downlink route from the NodeB to the BTS is not required. Step 5 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the NodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the NodeB.
Step 6 (Optional)Run the NodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS and NodeB, if the BTS is deployed using DHCP, the NodeB needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the NodeB. For the BTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the BTS.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the UMTS Side section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.26.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device.
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to verify whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the BSC/ RNC is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP link between the NodeB and the BSC/ RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="10.10.10.10", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0; PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=4, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="11.11.11.11", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
259
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to verify whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP link between the GTMU on the BTS and the BSC. If the IP address can be pinged, the IP link is normal. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="30.30.30.188", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.27 GTMU-based TDM Co-Transmission on the SeparateMPT GU Multimode Base Station Side 7.27.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-52 shows the GTMU-based TDM co-transmission on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an outbound E1/T1 port on the GTMU serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT GU multimode base station and is connected to the BSC and RNC. The WMPT is interconnected to the GTMU through the backplane. Figure 7-52 GTMU-based TDM co-transmission on the separate-MPT GU multimode base station side
l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: – WRFD-050302 Fractional ATM Function on Iub Interface – WRFD-050411 Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface
7.27.2 Precautions In Figure 7-52, this scenario only supports the WMPT.
7.27.3 Hardware Adjustment No additional hardware is required. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
260
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.27.4 Initial Configuration Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the MML command ADD BTSCONNECT to add a connection between a GTMU port and the NodeB. Set Dest Node Type to OTHER. ADD BTSCONNECT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=255, INPN=1, INCN=0, INSRN=0, INSN=6, DESTNODE=OTHER;
Step 2 Run the MML command ADD BTSTOPCONFIG to configure the TOP switching parameters. l Set Port Subrack No. and Port Slot No. to numbers of the subrack and slot where the BTS port connected to the NodeB interface board is located. Set TOP Board Subrack No. and TOP Board Slot No. to numbers of the subrack and slot where the NodeB interface board is located. l Set Port Type to TOPEXTOUTPORT. l Set TS Mask to the timeslot of the NodeB backplane. ADD BTSTOPCONFIG: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=255, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, E1T1PORTNO=16, TOPBOARDCN=0, TOPBOARDSRN=0, TOPBOARDSLOTNO=7, PORTTYPE=TOPEXTOUTPORT, ORIPORT=1, TSMASK=TS1-1&TS2-1&TS3-1&TS4-1&TS5-1&TS6-1&TS7-1&TS8-1&TS9-1&TS10-1&TS11-1&TS12 -1&TS13-1&TS14-1&TS15-1&TS16-1&TS17-1&TS18-1&TS19-1&TS20-1&TS21-1&TS22-1&TS23-1 &TS24-1&TS25-1&TS26-1&TS27-1&TS28-1&TS29-1&TS30-1&TS31-1; NOTE
When E1 transmission resources on the BTS side are shared by the NodeB, set Port Type to TOPEXTOUTPORT.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "" section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: Step 1 Run the MML command ADD BACKE1T1 to add a backplane E1/T1 link. l Set Subrack No. and Slot No. to numbers of the subrack and slot that house the Iub interface board. l Set Subboard Type to BACK_BOARD. l Set Destination Slot No. to the number of the slot that houses the GTMU. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
261
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NOTE
Similar to a common E1, the backplane E1 can be configured with the upper-layer bearer. It, however, does not support the configuration of the operating work mode and loopback mode, and online and offline tests. The upper-layer link bearer of the backplane E1 can be UNILNK/IMALNK/FRAATMLNK/PPLNK/ MPLNK. You need to configure the link bearer according to actual networking mode.
----End
7.27.5 Activation Observation GSM Side Run the MML command STR BTSE1T1TST to check whether the communication on the E1/ T1 port on the GTMU is normal. STR BTSE1T1TST: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=100, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, PN=0, SW=OFF;
UMTS Side Run the MML command STR E1T1ONLTST to check whether the communication on the E1/ T1 port on the WMPT is normal. STR E1T1ONLTST: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SBT=E1_COVERBOARD, PN=0, SW=ON;
7.28 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GU/GL/UL/GT/UT/ LT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.28.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective
The UMPT_GU, UMPT_GL, or UMPT_UL of a multimode base station provides an FE/GE port as the co-transmission port to connect the base station to the MBSC, MME, and SGW. Figure 7-53 shows the network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GU multimode base station side. Figure 7-53 Network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
262
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: – GBFD-118601 Abis over IP – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
7.28.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-54 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GU multimode base station side. Figure 7-54 Example of network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GU multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode
Table 7-31 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-31 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
263
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UMPT_GU
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the UMPT_GU
20.20.20.188/24
Device IP address during configuration on the CME. This IP address is configured on the co-transmission port.
OM IP address
30.30.30.1/32
GSM: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_GU. NOTE In this scenario, only one OM IP address is configured because the multimode base station is configured with one OM channel.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_GU.
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/24
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
GSM: peer IP address for the OM channel
Signaling/service IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_GU.
ESN
abcdefghijklmn
-
Data Preparation MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
ETHPORT
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
264
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
DEVIP
IPRT
VLANMAP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Maximum Transmission Unit
MTU
Maximum Transmission Unit
Speed
SPEED
Speed
Duplex
DUPLEX
Duplex
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
265
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
VLANCLASS
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
7.28.3 Precautions None
7.28.4 Hardware Adjustment No additional hardware is required.
7.28.5 Initial Configuration NOTE
In this scenario, the GU multimode base station is configured with only one UMPT_GU. As a result, the initial configuration is for multimode base station as a whole instead of for the UMTS and GSM sides separately.
For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the NodeB. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add the signaling/service IP address of the NodeB.
Step 2 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the BTS. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add the signaling/service IP address of the BTS.
Step 3 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC. Set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and then set Next Hop IP to the IP address of the directly connected router. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
266
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the multimode base station to the RNC on the UMPT_GU in slot 7.
Step 4 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the multimode base station to the BSC on the UMPT_GU in slot 7.
Step 5 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS and NodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC added in step 3 must be different from the uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC in step 4. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC. Run the ADD VLANMAP command to add VLAN mapping. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS and NodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the ADD VLANCLASS command. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=34, VLANID=12; //Set VLANID to 12 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 34. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, IVLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the ADD VLANMAP command. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.28.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device. After the configuration file is delivered to the multimode base station and activated, perform the following steps on the multimode base station side to verify whether the transmission link between the multimode base station and the MBSC is normal: Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
267
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
Step 2 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the BSC. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="35.35.35.1", DSTIP="10.10.10.10", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End NOTE
In this scenario, the GU multimode base station is configured with only one UMPT_GU. As a result, the activation observation is for multimode base station as a whole instead of for the UMTS and GSM sides separately.
7.29 Co-Transmission on the Co-MPT GUL/GUT/GLT/ULT/ GULT Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.29.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective The UMPT_GUL of a multimode base station provides an FE/GE port as the cotransmission port to connect the base station to the MBSC, MME, and S-GW. Figure 7-55 shows the network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL multimode base station side. Figure 7-55 Network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
268
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
l
7 Engineering Guidelines
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: – GBFD-118601 Abis over IP – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
7.29.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-56 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL multimode base station side. Figure 7-56 Example of network topology for co-transmission on the co-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode
Table 7-32 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-32 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
269
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
P address of the port on the router that is connected to the UMPT_GUL
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the UMPT_GUL
20.20.20.188/24
Device IP address during configuration on the CME. This IP address is configured on the co-transmission port.
OM IP address
30.30.30.1/24
GSM: Management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_GUL. NOTE In this scenario, only one OM IP address is configured because the multimode base station is configured with one OM channel.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_GUL.
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/24
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
GSM: Peer IP address for the OM channel
Signaling/service IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_GUL.
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
270
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_GUL.
ESN
abcdefghijklmn
-
Data Preparation MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
ETHPORT
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Maximum Transmission Unit
MTU
Maximum Transmission Unit
Speed
SPEED
Speed
Duplex
DUPLEX
Duplex
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
DEVIP
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
271
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
VLANMAP
VLANCLASS
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
7.29.3 Precautions None
7.29.4 Hardware Adjustment No additional hardware is required.
7.29.5 Initial Configuration NOTE
In this scenario, the GUL multimode base station is configured with only one UMPT_GUL. As a result, the initial configuration is for the multimode base station as a whole instead of for the GSM, UMTS, and LTE sides separately.
For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
272
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Step 1 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the NodeB. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add the signaling/service IP address of the NodeB.
Step 2 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the BTS. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=2, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add the signaling/service IP address of the BTS.
Step 3 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the eNodeB. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=3, IP="33.33.33.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add the signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB.
Step 4 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC. Set Route Type to Next Hop and then set Next Hop IP to the IP address of the directly connected router. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the multimode base station to the RNC on the UMPT_GUL in slot 7.
Step 5 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the multimode base station to the BSC on the UMPT_GUL in slot 7.
Step 6 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the multimode base station to the MME and SGW. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the multimode base station to the MME on the UMPT_GUL in slot 7 ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the multimode base station to the SGW on the UMPT_GUL in slot 7
Step 7 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC added in step 3, the uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC added in step 4, and the uplink route from the multimode base station to the MME and SGW in step 5 must be different from each other. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC and the next-hop IP address (20.20.20.10) of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the MME and SGW. Run the ADD VLANMAP command to add VLAN mapping. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE; ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.10", MASK=255.255.255.255,
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
273
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=20, SETPRIO=DISABLE; ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=20, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station CoTransmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the ADD VLANCLASS command. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=34, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 12 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 34. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=32; //Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA
2.
Run the ADD VLANMAP command. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End
7.29.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device. After the configuration file is delivered to the multimode base station and activated, perform the following steps on the multimode base station side to verify whether the transmission link between the multimode base station and the base station controller is normal: Step 1 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
Step 2 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the BSC. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="35.35.35.1", DSTIP="10.10.10.10", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
Step 3 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the MME. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
Step 4 Run the PING command to ping the IP address of the SGW. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
274
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NOTE
In this scenario, the GUL multimode base station is configured with only one UMPT_GUL. As a result, the activation observation is for multimode base station as a whole instead of for the GSM, UMTS, and LTE sides separately.
7.30 Co-Transmission on the Hybrid-MPT GUL Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.30.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective The UMPT_UL of a multimode base station provides an FE/GE port as the co-transmission port to connect the base station to the MBSC, MME, and S-GW. The GTMUb and UMPT_UL are connected through the backplane.Figure 7-57 shows the network topology for co-transmission on the hybrid-MPT GUL multimode base station side.
Figure 7-57 Network topology for co-transmission on the hybrid-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode
l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: – GBFD-118601 Abis over IP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
275
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
– WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface l
Requirements for the license The license is not required.
7.30.2 Data Preparation (Example) Key Data Preparation Figure 7-58 shows an example of network topology for co-transmission on the hybrid-MPT GUL multimode base station side. Figure 7-58 Example of network topology for co-transmission on the hybrid-MPT GUL multimode base station side in IP over FE/GE mode
Table 7-33 describes the IP address plan. Table 7-33 IP address plan Item
Instance
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
276
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UMPT_UL
20.20.20.1/24
-
IP address of the port on the UMPT_UL
20.20.20.188/24
Device IP address during configuration on the CME. This IP address is configured on the co-transmission port.
OM IP address
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS<E: Management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_UL. NOTE In this scenario, only one OM IP address is configured because the co-MPT UL multimode base station is configured with one OM channel.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_UL.
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/24
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS<E: Peer IP address for the OM channel
Signaling/service IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_UL.
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
277
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
Instance
Remarks
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the UMPT_UL.
ESN
abcdefghijklmn
-
Data Preparation on the GBTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSTUNNEL
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Source Cabinet No.
SRCCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SRCSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SRCSN
Source Slot No.
BTS Tunnel No.
TN
BTS Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DSTCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSTSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSTSN
Destination Slot No.
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
IP Mask
MASK
IP Mask
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTSDEVIP
BTSIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
278
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSIPRT
BTSESN
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
BTS Communication Type
BTSCOMTYPE
BTS Communication Type
BTS IP
BTSIP
BTS IP
BSC IP
BSCIP
BSC IP
BTS MultiIP Switch
BTSMUTIP
BTS MultiIP Switch
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Route Index
RTIDX
Route Index
Destination IP Address
DSTIP
Destination IP Address
Destination Address Mask
DSTMASK
Destination Address Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Port Subrack No.
SRN
Port Subrack No.
Port Slot No.
SN
Port Slot No.
Interface Type
ITFType
Interface Type
Outgoing Interface No.
IFNO
Outgoing Interface No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
OM Bear Board
OMBEARBOARD
OM Bear Board
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Destination IP address
DSTIP
Destination IP address
Destination address mask
DSTMASK
Destination address mask
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
279
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Data Preparation on the Co-MPT UL Multimode Base Station Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TUNNEL
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
DEVIP
IPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
280
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWITC H
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Switch
VLANMAP
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLANCLASS
7.30.3 Precautions None
7.30.4 Hardware Adjustment No additional hardware is required.
7.30.5 Initial Configuration Initial Configuration on the GBTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
281
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the UMPT_UL. ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=0, DSTSN=7; //Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 to the UMPT_UL in slot 7.
Step 2 Run the MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the BSC to co-MPT multimode base station. A route to the DHCP relay of the GBTS is configured on the BSC side. The co-MPT multimode base station functions as the DHCP relay. ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay";
Step 3 Run the MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb. ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.
Step 4 Run the MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the GBTS. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the GBTS uses the logical IP address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, BTSCOMTYPE is optional. SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO; //Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP.
Step 5 Run the MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the GBTS to the BSC. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 1. ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 6 Run the MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the GBTS. ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn", OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD; //OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the Data Preparation on the GBTS Side. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the Co-MPT UL Multimode Base Station Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide of the 3900 Series Base Station Product Documentation. In addition to configuration steps described in 3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps: l
Using MML Commands
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
282
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Step 1 Run the MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the UMPT_UL to the GTMUb. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSN=6, TUNNELTYPE=DL; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_UL in slot 7 to the GTMUb in slot 6.
Step 2 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the NodeB. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add the signaling/service IP address of the NodeB.
Step 3 Run the ADD DEVIP command to add the IP address of the eNodeB. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="33.33.33.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add the signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
Step 4 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the co-MPT UL multimode base station to the RNC. Set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and then set Next Hop IP to the IP address of the directly connected router. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the multimode base station to the RNC on the UMPT_UL in slot 7.
Step 5 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the co-MPT UL multimode base station to the MME and SGW. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="40.40.40.40", DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the multimode base station to the MME on the UMPT_UL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="50.50.50.50", DSTMASK="255.255.255.0", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the multimode base station to the SGW on the UMPT_UL.
Step 6 Run the ADD IPRT command to add an uplink route from the GBTS to the BSC through the co-MPT UL multimode base station. Set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and then set Next Hop IP to the IP address of the directly connected router. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the GBTS to the BSC through the co-MPT UL multimode base station on the UMPT_UL in slot 7.
Step 7 Run the ADD IPRT command to add a downlink route from the BSC to the GBTS through the co-MPT UL multimode base station. When co-transmission for the GBTS and co-MPT UL multimode base station is implemented through tunnels on the backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the GBTS through the co-MPT UL multimode base station must be configured on the co-MPT UL multimode base station. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4,CN=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the BSC to the GBTS through the NodeB on the UMPT_UL in slot 7.
Step 8 Run the MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. If the GBTS is deployed using DHCP, the co-MPT UL multimode base station needs to work as the relay. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the co-MPT UL multimode base station. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the co-MPT UL multimode base station.
Step 9 Run the MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
283
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
If the GBTS is deployed using DHCP, the co-MPT UL multimode base station needs to work as the relay. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the co-MPT UL multimode base station. For the GBTS, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the BSC. If the data plan shows that the IP-based Abis interface board on the BSC side uses the device IP address, set the IP address of the DHCP server to the device IP address. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the GBTS.
Step 10 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC added in step 4, the uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC added in step 5, and the uplink route from the multimode base station to the MME and SGW in step 6 must be different from each other. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the BSC to 20.20.20.101, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the RNC and the next-hop IP address (20.20.20.10) of the uplink route from the multimode base station to the MME and SGW. Run the ADD VLANMAP command to add VLAN mapping. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE; ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.10", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=20, SETPRIO=DISABLE; ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=20, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB and eNodeB, see Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station CoTransmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the ADD VLANCLASS command. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=34, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 12 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 34. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26, VLANID=32; //Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; // Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the ADD VLANMAP command. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK=255.255.255.255, VLANMODE= VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1, SETPRIO=DISABLE; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation on the Co-MPT UL Multimode Base Station Side" section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
284
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.30.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the multimode base station side, check whether the feature is enabled by verifying the status of the IP link between the multimode base station and the peer device. After the configuration file is delivered to the multimode base station and activated, perform the following steps on the multimode base station side to verify whether the transmission link between the multimode base station and the base station controller is normal: Step 1 Run the Ping command on the BSC to ping the IP address of the GTMUb on the BSC side. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
Step 2 Run the Ping command on the multimode base station to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
Step 3 Run the Ping command on the multimode base station to ping the IP address of the MME. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
Step 4 Run the Ping command on the multimode base station to ping the IP address of the SGW. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="33.33.33.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End
7.31 Main-control-board -based Co-Transmission Through Backplane Interconnection on the Separate-MPT LGU/TGU Multimode Base Station Side in IP over FE/GE Mode 7.31.1 Deployment Requirements l
Deployment objective Figure 7-59 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/GE port on the UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/SGW. The GTMUb and UMPT_L are interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU. The WMPT and UMPT_L are interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
285
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-59 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side
Figure 7-60 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/ GE port on the UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMUb and UMPT_L in one BBU are interconnected by using backplanes. The UMPT_U and UMPT_L are interconnected by using backplanes through the UCIU.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
286
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-60 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side (UCIU+UMPT interconnection)
Figure 7-61 shows the main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side. In this scenario, an FE/ GE port on the UMPT_L of the eNodeB serves as the co-transmission port of the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station and is connected to the MBSC and MME/S-GW. The GTMUb and UMPT_L in one BBU are interconnected by using backplanes. The UMPT_U and UMPT_L are interconnected by using interconnection cables.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
287
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Figure 7-61 Main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side (UMPT+UMPT interconnection)
This document provides only the engineering guidelines for the scenario shown in Figure 7-61. The engineering guidelines for the scenario shown in Figure 7-61 is similar to those for the scenario shown in Figure 7-59. l
Requirement for other features The following features have been enabled: – GBFD-118601 Abis over IP – WRFD-050402 IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
l
Requirements for the license The following license has been activated:
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
NE
License Control Item
Abbreviation
Code
Sales Unit
eNodeB
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(eNodeB)
LLT1IPMCT01
81201528
Per eNodeB
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
288
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.31.2 Data Preparation Key Data Preparation Figure 7-62 shows an example of the network topology for main-control-board-based IP cotransmission through backplane interconnection on the LGU MBTS side. Figure 7-62 Example of the network topology for main-control-board-based IP co-transmission through backplane interconnection on the LGU MBTS side
Table 7-34 describes the data plan. Table 7-34 Data plan Item
IP Address
Remarks
Device IP address of the BSC
10.10.10.10/32
-
Port IP address of the BSC
21.21.21.1/24
-
Device IP address of the RNC
15.15.15.15/32
-
Port IP address of the RNC
11.11.11.11/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the RNC
11.11.11.254/24
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
289
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
Item
IP Address
Remarks
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the BSC
21.21.21.254/24
-
IP address of the port on the router that is connected to the UMPT_L
20.20.20.1/24
-
OM IP address of the NodeB
30.30.30.1/24
UMTS: management plane IP address. This IP address is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the NodeB
32.32.32.1/24
UMTS: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of FE port 1 on the UMPT_L of the eNodeB
20.20.20.188/24
LTE: device IP address during configuration on the CME. This IP address is configured on the cotransmission port.
IP address of the MME
40.40.40.40/24
LTE: peer IP address for the SCTP link
IP address of the S-GW
50.50.50.50/24
LTE: peer IP address for the IP path
IP address of the U2000
60.60.60.60/24
UMTS/LTE: peer IP address for the OM channel
OM IP address of the eNodeB
31.31.31.188/24
LTE: management plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
Signaling/service IP address of the eNodeB
33.33.33.188/24
LTE: control plane/user plane IP address. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the main control board.
IP address of the BTS
35.35.35.188/24
GSM: communication IP address of the BTS. This is a logical IP address and is configured on the BTS main control board.
BTS ESN
abcdefghijklmn
-
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
290
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NOTE
In this scenario, the GTMUb and WMPT do not need to be configured with Ethernet port attributes such as duplex mode and rate because the GTMUb and WMPT communicate with the UMPT_L through the
Data Preparation on the GSM Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTSBRD
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Board Type
BT
Board Type
Index Type
IDTYPE
Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
Link No.
LN
Link No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Upper Node Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Node Cabinet No.
Upper Node Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Node Subrack No.
Upper Node Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Node Slot No.
Upper Node Port No.
UPPT
Upper Node Port No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
BTS Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Source Cabinet No.
SRCCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SRCSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SRCSN
Source Slot No.
BTSCTRLLNK
BTSTUNNEL
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
291
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSDEVIP
BTSIP
BTSIPRT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
BTS Tunnel No.
TN
BTS Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DSTCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSTSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSTSN
Destination Slot No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
BTS Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
IP Address
IP
IP Address
IP Mask
MASK
IP Mask
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
BTS Index Type
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
BTS Name
BTSNAME
BTS Name
BTS Communication Type
BTSCOMTYPE
BTS Communication Type
BTS IP
BTSIP
BTS IP
BSC IP
BSCIP
BSC IP
BTS MultiIP Switch
BTSMUTIP
BTS MultiIP Switch
Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
Route Index
RTIDX
Route Index
Destination IP Address
DSTIP
Destination IP Address
Destination Address Mask
DSTMASK
Destination Address Mask
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
292
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
BTSESN
IPRT
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Cabinet No.
CN
Port Cabinet No.
Port Subrack No.
SRN
Port Subrack No.
Port Slot No.
SN
Port Slot No.
Interface Type
ITFType
Interface Type
Outgoing Interface No.
IFNO
Outgoing Interface No.
BTS Index Type
IDTYPE
-
BTS Index
BTSID
BTS Index
OM Bear Board
OMBEARBOARD
OM Bear Board
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Destination IP address
DSTIP
Destination IP address
Destination address mask
DSTMASK
Destination address mask
Forward route address
NEXTHOP
Forward route address
Data Preparation on the UMTS Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
CTRLLNK
Local Link No.
LN
Local Link No.
Local Cabinet No.
CN
Local Cabinet No.
Local Subrack No.
SRN
Local Subrack No.
Local Slot No.
SN
Local Slot No.
Upper Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Cabinet No.
Upper Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Subrack No.
Upper Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Slot No.
Upper Port No.
UPPT
Upper Port No.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
293
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
TUNNEL
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
Source Subrack No.
SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
-
Port Type
IFT
Carrier Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Link No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type
BEAR
-
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Bearing Port Type
PT
Carrier Type
Bearing Port No.
PN
Link No.
Transmission Resource Group ID
RSCGRPID
Transmission Resource Group ID
IPRT
RSCGRP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
294
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
IPPath
OMCH
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Rate Unit
RU
Rate Unit
Tx Bandwidth
TXBW
Tx Bandwidth
Rx Bandwidth
RXBW
Rx Bandwidth
IP Path ID
PATHID
IP Path ID
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Carrier Type
Port No.
PN
Link No.
Join Transmission Resource Group
JNRSCGRP
Join Transmission Resource Group
Local IP
LOCALIP
Local IP
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
DSCP
DSCP
DSCP
RX Bandwidth
RXBW
RX Bandwidth
TX Bandwidth
TXBW
TX Bandwidth
TX Committed Burst Size
TXCBS
TX Committed Burst Size
TX Excessive Burst Size
TXEBS
TX Excessive Burst Size
Local IP
IP
Local IP
Local Mask
MASK
Local Mask
Peer IP
PEERIP
Peer IP
Peer Mask
PEERMASK
Peer Mask
Bearer Type
BEAR
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
295
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
Binding Route
BRT
Binding Route
Data Preparation on the eNodeB Side MO
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
CTRLLNK
Local Link No.
LN
Local Link No.
Local Cabinet No.
CN
Local Cabinet No.
Local Subrack No.
SRN
Local Subrack No.
Local Slot No.
SN
Local Slot No.
Upper Cabinet No.
UPCN
Upper Cabinet No.
Upper Subrack No.
UPSRN
Upper Subrack No.
Upper Slot No.
UPSN
Upper Slot No.
Upper Port No.
UPPT
Upper Port No.
Source Cabinet No.
SCN
Source Cabinet No.
TUNNEL
DEVIP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Source Subrack No. SSRN
Source Subrack No.
Source Slot No.
SSN
Source Slot No.
Tunnel No.
TUNNELID
Tunnel No.
Destination Cabinet No.
DCN
Destination Cabinet No.
Destination Subrack No.
DSRN
Destination Subrack No.
Destination Slot No.
DSN
Destination Slot No.
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Port Type
PT
Port Type
Port No.
PN
Port No.
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
296
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
MO
7 Engineering Guidelines
MML Parameter Name
MML Parameter ID
CME Parameter Name
IP Address
IP
IP Address
Mask
MASK
Mask
Route Index
VRFIDX
Route Index
Cabinet No.
CN
Cabinet No.
Subrack No.
SRN
Subrack No.
Slot No.
SN
Slot No.
Subboard Type
SBT
Subboard Type
Destination IP
DSTIP
Destination IP
Mask
DSTMASK
Mask
Route Type
RTTYPE
Route Type
Port Type
IFT
Port Type
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOP
Next Hop IP
Port No.
IFNO
Port No.
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPSVRIP
DHCP Server IP Address
DHCPRELAYSWITC H
DHCP Relay Switch
ES
DHCP Relay Switch
VLANMAP
Next Hop IP
NEXTHOPIP
Next Hop IP
Mask
MASK
Mask
VLAN Mode
VLANMODE
VLAN Mode
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
Set VLAN Priority
SETPRIO
Set VLAN Priority
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
VLAN Group No.
VLANGROUPNO
VLAN Group No.
Traffic Type
TRAFFIC
Traffic Type
User Data Service Priority
SRVPRIO
User Data Service Priority
VLAN ID
VLANID
VLAN ID
VLAN Priority
VLANPRIO
VLAN Priority
IPRT
VLANCLASS
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
297
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.31.3 Precautions None
7.31.4 Hardware Adjustment l
Unlike non-co-transmission scenario, this scenario requires that the UMPT_L be configured on the eNodeB side. In addition, the UCIU must be configured on the BTS side.
l
The UCIU in the BBU accommodating the NodeB and BTS is connected to the UMPT_L in the BBU accommodating the eNodeB by using inter-subrack interconnection cables.
l
A cable is used to connect the UMPT_L on the separate-MPT LGU multimode base station side to the transport network.
7.31.5 Initial Configuration (Optional) Initial Configuration on the U2000 Side When configuring a route to the DHCP relay of the NodeB on the U2000 side, change the destination IP address of the route to the port IP address of the eNodeB. If the eNodeB has multiple port IP addresses, configure routes to all port IP addresses.
Initial Configuration on the GSM Side For details about the data configurations at the data link layer and network layer, see "Configuring a BTS" > "Configuring the Transmission Data" in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration. l
Using MML Commands NOTE
In addition to configuration steps described in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps for co-transmission:
Step 1 (UCIU+UMPT interconnection) Run the ADD BTSBRD command to add a UCIU. ADD BTSBRD: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=0, BT=UCIU; //Add a UCIU to slot 0.
Step 2 Run the ADD BTSCTRLLNK command to add a BBU interconnection control link between GSM and LTE. (UCIU+UMPT interconnection)ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0; //Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 0 of subrack 0. (UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=7, UPPT=8; //Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of subrack 0.
Step 3 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSTUNNEL to add a tunnel from the GTMUb to the UMPT_L. ADD BTSTUNNEL: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, SRCCN=0, SRCSRN=0, SRCSN=6, TN=0, DSTCN=0, DSTSRN=1, DSTSN=7;
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
298
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
//Add a tunnel from the GTMUb in slot 6 of BBU subrack 0 to the UMPT_L in slot 7 of BBU subrack 1. NOTE
According to the co-transmission networking plan, modify the parameters in the following steps described in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration.
Step 4 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSDEVIP to add the IP address of the GTMUb. ADD BTSDEVIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, PT=LOOPINTERFACE, PN=0, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, IP="35.35.35.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //PT must be set to LOOPINTERFACE.
Step 5 Run the BSC MML command SET BTSIP to set the communication IP address of the BTS. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the BTS use the logical IP address. Specifically, set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP. In non-co-transmission scenarios, set BTSCOMTYPE to an appropriate value based on the actual situations. SET BTSIP: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, BTSCOMTYPE=LOGICIP, BTSIP="35.35.35.188", BSCIP="10.10.10.10", BTSMUTIP=NO; //Set BTSCOMTYPE to LOGICIP and BTSIP to an appropriate value.
Step 6 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSIPRT to add a route from the BTS to the BSC. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set RTTYPE to OUTIF, ITFType to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 3. ADD BTSIPRT: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, RTIDX=1, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=OUTIF, CN=0, SRN=0, SN=6, ITFType=TUNNEL, IFNO=0;
Step 7 Run the BSC MML command ADD BTSESN to add the ESN of the BTS. ADD BTSESN: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, MAINDEVTAB="abcdefghijklmn", OMBEARBOARD=BACKBOARD; //OMBEARBOARD must be set to BACKBOARD.
Step 8 (Optional) Run the BSC MML command ADD IPRT to add a route to the DHCP relay of the BTS. In this step, set DSTIP to the port IP address of the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: SRN=0, SN=16, DSTIP="20.20.20.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", PRIORITY=HIGH, REMARK="relay;
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the"Data Preparation on the GSM Side" section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the UMTS Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration. l
Using MML Commands
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
299
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NOTE
In addition to the configuration steps described in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration, perform the following steps for co-transmission.
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a control link between BBUs. (UCIU+UMPT interconnection) ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0; //Add a control link from the board in slot 7 of BBU subrack 1 to the board in slot 0 of BBU subrack 0. (UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=7, UPPT=8; //Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of subrack 0.
Step 2 Run the NodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add a tunnel from the WMPT to the UMPT_L. ADD TUNNEL: SSN=7, DSRN=1, DSN=7; //Add a tunnel from the WMPT in slot 7 of BBU subrack 0 to the UMPT_L in slot 7 of BBU subrack 1. NOTE
According to the co-transmission networking plan, modify the parameters in the following steps described in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration.
Step 3 Run the NodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to configure the IP address. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, this scenario requires that the IP address of the NodeB be configured as the logical IP address. In non-co-transmission scenarios, the IP address of the NodeB can be set as required. ADD DEVIP: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=1, IP="32.32.32.1", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the NodeB.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a route from the NodeB to the RNC/U2000. Unlike non-co-transmission scenarios, set SBT to BACK_BOARD, RTTYPE to IF, IFT to TUNNEL, and IFNO to the number of the tunnel added in step 2. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a route from the NodeB to the U2000.
Step 5 (Optional) Run the NodeB MML command ADD RSCGRP to add a transmission resource group. ADD RSCGRP: SN=7, BEAR=IPV4, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS, TXBW=4000, RXBW=4000; //When adding a transmission resource group set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command ADD IPPATH to add an IP path. ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, PT=TUNNEL, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE, LOCALIP="32.32.32.1", PEERIP="15.15.15.15", DSCP=22, RXBW=1000, TXBW=1000, TXCBS=15000, TXEBS=2000, FPMUXSWITCH=DISABLE;
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
300
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
//When adding an IP path, set SBT to BACK_BOARD and PT to TUNNEL.
Step 7 Run the NodeB MML command ADD OMCH to add an O&M channel. ADD OMCH: IP="30.30.30.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", PEERIP="60.60.60.60", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", BEAR=IPV4, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, BRT=NO; //When adding an O&M channel, set SBT to BACK_BOARD.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation on the UMTS Side" section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Initial Configuration on the eNodeB Side For details about data configurations at the data link layer and transport layer, see the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration. l
Using MML Commands NOTE
In addition to configuration steps described in the 3900 Series Base Stations Initial Configuration Guide, perform the following steps for co-transmission.
Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD CTRLLNK to add a control link between BBUs. (UCIU+UMPT interconnection)ADD CTRLLNK: LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=0, UPPT=0; //Add a control link from the UMPT_L in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the UCIU in slot 0 of subrack 0. (UMPT+UMPT interconnection) ADD BTSCTRLLNK: IDTYPE=BYID, BTSID=10, LN=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, UPCN=0, UPSRN=0, UPSN=7, UPPT=8; //Add a BBU interconnection control link between slot 7 of subrack 1 and slot 7 of subrack 0.
Step 2 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD TUNNEL to add tunnels from the UMPT_L to the WMPT and GTMUb. ADD TUNNEL: SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=7; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the WMPT in slot 7 of subrack 0. ADD TUNNEL: TUNNELID=1, SSRN=1, SSN=7, DSN=6; //Add a tunnel from the UMPT_L in slot 7 of subrack 1 to the GTMUb in slot 6 of subrack 0.
Step 3 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DEVIP to add IP addresses for the eNodeB. ADD DEVIP: SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=LOOPINT, PN=0, IP="33.33.33.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; //Add a signaling/service IP address for the UMPT_L in slot 7. ADD DEVIP: CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1, IP="20.20.20.188", MASK="255.255.255.0"; /Add an IP address for Ethernet port 1 on the UMPT_L in slot 7.
Step 4 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add an uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC/U2000 through the eNodeB, and an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB. In this step, set RTTYPE to NEXTHOP and NEXTHOP to the IP address of the router that is directly connected to the eNodeB. Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
301
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
ADD IPRT: RTIDX=0, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="15.15.15.15", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=1, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT= BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="60.60.60.60", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1"; //Add a route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=2, CN=0, SRN=1, SBT=BASE_BOARD, DSTIP="10.10.10.10", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=NEXTHOP, NEXTHOP="20.20.20.1", PREF=60; //Add an uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB.
Step 5 Run the eNodeB MML command ADD IPRT to add a downlink route from the U2000/RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB, and a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB. When co-transmission for the BTS, eNodeB, and NodeB is implemented through tunnels on the UMPT_U backplane, the downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the NodeB and the downlink route from the /U2000 must be configured on the NodeB. In addition, SBT must be set to BACK_BOARD and IFT must be set to TUNNEL. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=3, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="30.30.30.1", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the U2000 to the NodeB through the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=4, CN=0, SRN=1, SN=7, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="32.32.32.1", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL; //Add a downlink route from the RNC to the NodeB through the eNodeB. ADD IPRT: RTIDX=5, CN=0, SRN=1, SBT=BACK_BOARD, DSTIP="35.35.35.188", DSTMASK="255.255.255.255", RTTYPE=IF, IFT=TUNNEL, IFNO=1; //Add a downlink route from the BSC to the BTS through the eNodeB.
Step 6 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH to enable DHCP relay. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS, NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS and NodeB are deployed using DHCP. Therefore, DHCP relay needs to be enabled for the eNodeB. SET DHCPRELAYSWITCH: ES=ENABLE; //Enable DHCP relay for the eNodeB.
Step 7 (Optional) Run the eNodeB MML command ADD DHCPSVRIP to add the IP address of the DHCP server. When co-transmission is enabled for the BTS, NodeB and eNodeB, the eNodeB needs to work as the relay if the BTS, NodeB is deployed using DHCP. Therefore, the IP address of the DHCP server needs to be added on the eNodeB. For the BTS, the BSC works as the DHCP server. If the DHCP server is shared by the NodeB and eNodeB, the IP address of the DHCP server is the IP address of the U2000. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="60.60.60.60"; //Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the NodeB. ADD DHCPSVRIP: DHCPSVRIP="10.10.10.10"; // Add the IP address of the DHCP server for the GBTS.
Step 8 (Optional) Configure VLAN. There are two methods of configuring differentiated VLAN data for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB: l Method 1 (Recommended): Configure differentiated next-hop addresses. Specifically, the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the eNodeB and the uplink route from the Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
302
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB added in step 4 must be different from the uplink route for the eNodeB. For example, you can set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the BTS to the BSC through the NodeB to 20.20.20.101, and set the next-hop address of the uplink route from the NodeB to the RNC through the eNodeB to 20.20.20.201, which is different from the next-hop address (20.20.20.1) of the uplink route for the eNodeB. To add VLAN mapping, run the MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.101", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=22, SETPRIO=DISABLE; ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.201", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=SINGLEVLAN, VLANID=32, SETPRIO=DISABLE;
l Method 2 (Not recommended): Configure differentiated DSCP values. This method requires differentiated DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB. For details about DSCP values for the BTS, NodeB, and eNodeB, see the Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description. 1.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANCLASS. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=40, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 40. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the eNodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and BTS and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 40 on the eNodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=26 VLANID=32; //Set VLANID to 32 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 26. In VLAN group mode, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA for all passerby flows through the NodeB. If differentiated data needs to be configured for the eNodeB and NodeB and TRAFFIC is set to USERDATA, SRVPRIO cannot be set to 26 on the eNodeB. ADD VLANCLASS: VLANGROUPNO=1, TRAFFIC=USERDATA, SRVPRIO=0, VLANID=22; //Set VLANID to 22 for the data flow with SRVPRIO set to 0. The DSCP value in DHCP packets is fixed at 0. If DHCP relay is enabled on the network where VLAN data is configured, set the DSCP value to 0 for VLAN. If the DSCP value is not set to 0, DHCP packets sent to the DHCP server do not contain the VLAN field. In addition, set TRAFFIC to USERDATA.
2.
Run the NodeB MML command ADD VLANMAP. ADD VLANMAP: NEXTHOPIP="20.20.20.1", MASK="255.255.255.0", VLANMODE=VLANGROUP, VLANGROUPNO=1; //Configure the mapping between a VLAN group and the next hop.
----End l
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation on the LTE Side" section. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
7.31.6 Activation Observation After co-transmission is enabled on the MBTS side, check whether the feature is enabled based on the status of the IP link between the MBTS and the peer device.
LTE Side Step 1 Run the eNodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the MME/S-GW. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link between the eNodeB and the MME/S-GW is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="40.40.40.40", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
303
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="20.20.20.188", DSTIP="50.50.50.50", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=1;
----End
UMTS Side After the configuration file is delivered to the NodeB and activated, perform the following step on the NodeB side to check whether the transmission link between the NodeB and the RNC is normal: Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command PING to ping the IP address of the RNC. If the IP address can be pinged, the transmission link is normal. PING: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, SRCIP="32.32.32.1", DSTIP="15.15.15.15", CONTPING=DISABLE, APPTIF=YES, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0;
----End
GSM Side After the configuration file is delivered to the BTS and activated, perform the following step on the BSC side to check whether the transmission link between the BSC and the BTS is normal: Step 1 Run the BSC MML command PING IP to ping the IP address of the GTMUb. PING IP: SRN=1, SN=16, SIPADDR="10.10.10.10", DESTIP="35.35.35.188", NEXTHOP="21.21.21.254", CONTPING=NO;
----End
7.32 Performance Monitoring 7.32.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side None
7.32.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side None
7.33 Parameter Optimization 7.33.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side None
7.33.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side None Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
304
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
7 Engineering Guidelines
7.34 Troubleshooting 7.34.1 IP Co-Transmission on the MBSC Side None
7.34.2 IP Co-Transmission on the Multimode Base Station Side An alarm will be reported on the eNodeB, BTS, or NodeB side if a fault exists. The following alarms may be reported on the eNodeB side: l
ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault
l
ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate
l
ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict
l
ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault
l
ALM-25886 IP Path Fault
l
ALM-29201 S1 Interface Fault
l
ALM-29240 Cell Unavailable
The following alarms may be reported on the NodeB side: l
ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault
l
ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate
l
ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict
l
ALM-25888 SCTP Link Fault/ALM-1851 SCTP Link Down
l
ALM-25835 NCP Fault/ALM-2010 NCP Faulty Alarm
l
ALM-25836 CCP Fault/RNC: ALM-2011 CCP Faulty Alarm
l
ALM-28203 Local Cell Unusable/ALM-2006 Cell Unavailable Alarm
The following alarms may be reported on the BTS side: l
ALM-25880 Ethernet Link Fault
l
ALM-25881 MAC Excessive Frame Error Rate
l
ALM-25885 IP Address Conflict
l
ALM-28006 Radio Signaling Link Disconnected
l
ALM-21512 LAPD Link Fault
l
ALM-21805 ESL Link Fault
l
ALM-21801 GSM Cell out of Service
If any of preceding alarm is reported on the transmission port on the eNodeB, BTS, or NodeB side, handle the alarm according to the alarm reference.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
305
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
8
Parameters
Table 8-1 Parameter description Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
CN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD ETHPORT
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the cabinet number of the board where the Ethernet port is located.
DSP ETHPORT RMV ETHPORT RST ETHPORT SET ETHPORT
GUI Value Range:0~7
LST ETHPORT
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:0
SRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD ETHPORT
None
None
DSP ETHPORT RMV ETHPORT RST ETHPORT SET ETHPORT LST ETHPORT
Meaning:Indicates the subrack number of the board where the Ethernet port is located. GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
306
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD ETHPORT
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the slot number of the board where the Ethernet port is located.
DSP ETHPORT RMV ETHPORT RST ETHPORT SET ETHPORT
GUI Value Range:0~7
LST ETHPORT
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
SBT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD ETHPORT
None
None
DSP ETHPORT RMV ETHPORT RST ETHPORT SET ETHPORT LST ETHPORT
Meaning:Indicates the type of sub-board on the board where the Ethernet port is located. GUI Value Range:BASE_B OARD(Base Board), ETH_COVERB OARD(Ethernet Cover Board) Unit:None Actual Value Range:BASE_B OARD, ETH_COVERB OARD Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
307
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD ETHPORT
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the number of the Ethernet port.
DSP ETHPORT RMV ETHPORT RST ETHPORT SET ETHPORT LST ETHPORT
GUI Value Range:0~5 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~5 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
308
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
MTU
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD ETHPORT
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the maximum IP packet size (including the IP header) at the Ethernet port. For the UMPT, LMPT, and UTRPc, the value of this parameter ranges from 46 to 1800. For the WMPT, UQEC, and UEOC, the value of this parameter ranges from 46 to 1500. If this parameter is set to a value greater than the maximum allowed value, the maximum allowed value takes effect. A value greater than or equal to 776 is recommended, because broadcast packets, such as DHCP packets, may experience reception or transmission failures if the maximum transmission unit is smaller than 776. If the Ethernet port is added to an Ethernet trunk, this parameter
SET ETHPORT DSP ETHPORT LST ETHPORT
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
309
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
8 Parameters
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description becomes invalid. The actual maximum transmission unit depends on the value set for the Ethernet trunk. GUI Value Range:46~1800 Unit:byte Actual Value Range:46~1800 Default Value: 1500
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
310
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SPEED
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD ETHPORT
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the speed mode of the Ethernet port. This parameter must be set to the same value as that of the peer port. GE electrical ports of base board support 1000 Mbit/s only when working in auto-negotiation mode. If SPEED of a GE optical port is set to AUTO, the port works at 1000 Mbit/s in autonegotiation mode. If SPEED of a GE optical port is set to 1000M, the port works at 1000 Mbit/s in manual configuration mode.
SET ETHPORT DSP DHCPRSLT LST ETHPORT
GUI Value Range:10M (10M), 100M (100M), 1000M (1000M), AUTO (Automatic Negotiation) Unit:None Actual Value Range:10M, 100M, 1000M, AUTO Default Value:AUTO
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
311
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
8 Parameters
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description (Automatic Negotiation)
DUPLEX
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD ETHPORT
WRFD-050402
SET ETHPORT
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
DSP DHCPRSLT
Meaning:Indicates the duplex mode of the Ethernet port. GUI Value Range:FULL (Full Duplex), AUTO (Automatic Negotiation)
LST ETHPORT
Unit:None Actual Value Range:FULL, AUTO Default Value:FULL (Full Duplex) CN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD DEVIP
None
None
DSP DEVIP MOD DEVIP RMV DEVIP LST DEVIP
Meaning:Indicates the cabinet number of the board where the port is located. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:0
SRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD DEVIP
None
None
DSP DEVIP MOD DEVIP RMV DEVIP LST DEVIP
Meaning:Indicates the subrack number of the board where the port is located. GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
312
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD DEVIP
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the slot number of the board where the port is located.
DSP DEVIP MOD DEVIP RMV DEVIP LST DEVIP
GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
SBT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD DEVIP
None
None
MOD DEVIP RMV DEVIP DSP DEVIP LST DEVIP
Meaning:Indicates the type of sub-board on the board where a port is located. GUI Value Range:BASE_B OARD(Base Board), E1_COVERBO ARD(E1 Cover Board), BACK_BOAR D(Back Board), ETH_COVERB OARD(Ethernet Cover Board) Unit:None Actual Value Range:BASE_B OARD, E1_COVERBO ARD, BACK_BOAR D, ETH_COVERB OARD Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
313
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD DEVIP
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the type of the physical port. The UMTS currently does not support SUBIF.
MOD DEVIP RMV DEVIP DSP DEVIP LST DEVIP
GUI Value Range:PPP(PPP Link), MPGRP (Multi-link PPP Group), ETH (Ethernet Port), ETHTRK (Ethernet Trunk), LOOPINT (Loopback Interface), SUBIF(Subinterface) Unit:None Actual Value Range:PPP, MPGRP, ETH, ETHTRK, LOOPINT, SUBIF Default Value:None PN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD DEVIP
None
None
MOD DEVIP RMV DEVIP
Meaning:Indicates the number of a port.
DSP DEVIP
GUI Value Range:0~63
LST DEVIP
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~63 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
314
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
IP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD DEVIP
WRFD-050402
MOD DEVIP
WRFD-050411
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the IP address configured for the port.
RMV DEVIP
Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface
DSP DEVIP DSP MULTICASTIP LST DEVIP
GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None
MASK
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD DEVIP
WRFD-050402
DSP DEVIP
WRFD-050411
LST DEVIP
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface Fractional IP Function on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the subnet mask of the device IP address configured on the port. GUI Value Range:Valid Mask address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid Mask address Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
315
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
VRFIDX
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the index of a VRF instance. The UMTS currently supports default routes domain only (VRF index is 0).
MOD IPRT DSP IPRT LST IPRT
GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:0 CN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
None
None
DSP IPRT MOD IPRT LST IPRT
Meaning:Indicates the cabinet number of the board where the IP route is located. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:0
SRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
None
None
DSP IPRT MOD IPRT LST IPRT
Meaning:Indicates the subrack number of the board where the IP route is located. GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
316
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the slot number of the board where the IP route is located.
DSP IPRT MOD IPRT LST IPRT
GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
317
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SBT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the type of sub-board on the board where the IP route is established.
MOD IPRT LST IPRT
GUI Value Range:BASE_B OARD(Base Board), UNCHANNEL LED_COVERB OARD (Unchannelled Cover Board), E1_COVERBO ARD(E1 Cover Board), BACK_BOAR D(Back Board), ETH_COVERB OARD(Ethernet Cover Board) Unit:None Actual Value Range:BASE_B OARD, UNCHANNEL LED_COVERB OARD, E1_COVERBO ARD, BACK_BOAR D, ETH_COVERB OARD Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
318
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
DSTIP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
WRFD-050402
MOD IPRT
WRFD-050107
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the destination IP address of the route.
DSP IPRT
IP routing Based Hub Node B
LST IPRT
GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None DSTMASK
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
WRFD-050402
MOD IPRT
WRFD-050107
DSP IPRT LST IPRT
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface IP routing Based Hub Node B
Meaning:Indicates the subnet mask for the destination IP address of the route. GUI Value Range:Valid Mask address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid Mask address Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
319
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RTTYPE
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
WRFD-050402
MOD IPRT
WRFD-050107
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the type of route. If this parameter is set to NEXTHOP, all the IP packets that meet the route direction are first forwarded to the specified next hop IP address. If this parameter is set to IF, all the IP packets that meet the route direction are first forwarded to the specified egress port.
DSP IPRT LST IPRT
IP routing Based Hub Node B
GUI Value Range:NEXTH OP(Next Hop), IF(Exit Interface) Unit:None Actual Value Range:NEXTH OP, IF Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
320
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
IFT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
WRFD-050402
MOD IPRT
WRFD-050107
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the type of port.
IP routing Based Hub Node B
GUI Value Range:PPP(PPP Link), MPGRP (Multi-link PPP Group), TUNNEL (Tunnel), IPOA (IP Over ATM Interface)
LST IPRT
Unit:None Actual Value Range:PPP, MPGRP, TUNNEL, IPOA Default Value:PPP(PPP Link) DHCPSVRIP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD DHCPSVRIP RMV DHCPSVRIP
WRFD-031101
NodeB Selfdiscovery Based on IP Mode
LST DHCPSVRIP
Meaning:Indicates the IP address of the DHCP server. GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
321
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
ES
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
SET DHCPRELAYS WITCH
MRFD-221501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB)
Meaning:Indicates whether to enable the DHCP relay switch.
WRFD-031101
LST DHCPRELAYS WITCH
NodeB Selfdiscovery Based on IP Mode
GUI Value Range:DISABL E(Disable), ENABLE (Enable) Unit:None Actual Value Range:DISABL E, ENABLE Default Value:DISABL E(Disable)
VLANGROUP NO
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANMAP
WRFD-050402
MOD VLANMAP
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the VLAN group number. GUI Value Range:0~3
LST VLANMAP
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~3 Default Value:0
NEXTHOPIP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANMAP MOD VLANMAP
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
RMV VLANMAP LST VLANMAP
Meaning:Indicates the next hop IP address used for mapping the VLAN. GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
322
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
MASK
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANMAP
LBFD-003003 / TDLBFD-0030 03
VLAN Support (IEEE 802.1p/q)
Meaning:Indicates the subnet mask of the next hop IP address used for mapping the VLAN.
MOD VLANMAP RMV VLANMAP LST VLANMAP
GUI Value Range:Valid Mask address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid Mask address Default Value: 255.255.255.25 5
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
323
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
VLANMODE
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANMAP
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the VLAN mode. When this parameter is set to SINGLEVLAN, the configured VLAN ID and VLAN priority can be directly used to label the VLAN tag. If this parameter is set to VLANGROUP, the next hop IP addresses are mapped to the VLAN groups, and then mapped to the VLAN tags in the VLAN groups according to the DSCPs of the IP packets. In VLAN group mode, ensure that the VLAN groups have been configured by running the ADD VLANCLASS command. Otherwise, the configuration does not take effect.
MOD VLANMAP LST VLANMAP
GUI Value Range:SINGLE VLAN(Single VLAN), VLANGROUP (VLAN Group) Unit:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
324
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
8 Parameters
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description Actual Value Range:SINGLE VLAN, VLANGROUP Default Value:None
VLANID
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANMAP MOD VLANMAP
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
LST VLANMAP
Meaning:Indicates the VLAN ID in the VLAN tag. GUI Value Range:1~4094 Unit:None Actual Value Range:1~4094 Default Value:1
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
325
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SETPRIO
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANMAP
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates whether to set the priority of a single VLAN. When this parameter is set to ENABLE, the VLAN priority is configured by running the ADD VLANMAP command. When this parameter is set to DISABLE, the VLAN priority is determined by the mapping between DSCP and VLAN priority. This mapping can be configured by running the SET DSCPMAP command. The default mapping between DSCP and VLAN priority is as follows: If the DSCP is within the range from 0 to 7, the default priority is 0; If the DSCP is within the range from 8 to 15, the default priority is 1; If the DSCP is within the range from 16 to 23, the default priority is 2; If the DSCP is within the range
MOD VLANMAP LST VLANMAP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
326
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
8 Parameters
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description from 24 to 31, the default priority is 3; If the DSCP is within the range from 32 to 39, the default priority is 4; If the DSCP is within the range from 40 to 47, the default priority is 5; If the DSCP is within the range from 48 to 55, the default priority is 6; If the DSCP is within the range from 56 to 63, the default priority is 7. GUI Value Range:DISABL E(Disable), ENABLE (Enable) Unit:None Actual Value Range:DISABL E, ENABLE Default Value:ENABLE (Enable)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
327
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
VLANGROUP NO
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANCLASS
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the VLAN group that the added VLAN mapping belongs to. Multiple VLAN groups are used in the scenario in which telecom operators share transport resources and use different VLAN policies.
LST VLANCLASS MOD VLANCLASS RMV VLANCLASS
GUI Value Range:0~3 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~3 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
328
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TRAFFIC
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANCLASS
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the traffic type. Traffic of different types is transmitted through different VLANs. OTHER data is the data except the user data, signaling, highpriority OM data, and lowpriority OM data. OTHER data includes the data of the IEEE 1588 V2 clock, clock over IP, and Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) services. OM_HIGH data includes the data of the NTP/ SNTP, switchover between remote maintenance channels, and TCP services.
MOD VLANCLASS RMV VLANCLASS LST VLANCLASS
GUI Value Range:USERD ATA(User Data), SIG (Signaling Data), OM (Maintenance Data), OTHER (Other Data), OM_HIGH (High Level Maintenance Data), OM_LOW(Low
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
329
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
8 Parameters
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description Level Maintenance Data) Unit:None Actual Value Range:USERD ATA, SIG, OM, OTHER, OM_HIGH, OM_LOW Default Value:None
SRVPRIO
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANCLASS
WRFD-050402
MOD VLANCLASS
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the DSCP priority of user data.
RMV VLANCLASS
GUI Value Range:0~63
LST VLANCLASS
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~63 Default Value:0
VLANID
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD VLANCLASS MOD VLANCLASS
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
LST VLANCLASS
Meaning:Indicates the VLAN ID that the service data belongs to. GUI Value Range:1~4094 Unit:None Actual Value Range:1~4094 Default Value:1
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
330
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
NEXTHOP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
WRFD-050402
MOD IPRT
WRFD-050107
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the IP address of the next hop.
DSP IPRT
IP routing Based Hub Node B
LST IPRT
GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value: 0.0.0.0
IFNO
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPRT
None
None
MOD IPRT LST IPRT
Meaning:Indicates the port number. GUI Value Range:0~15 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~15 Default Value:0
SCN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD TUNNEL DSP TUNNEL MOD TUNNEL
MRFD-221501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB)
RMV TUNNEL LST TUNNEL
Meaning:Indicates the number of the source cabinet where the tunnel is configured. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
331
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SSRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD TUNNEL
MRFD-221501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB)
Meaning:Indicates the number of the source subrack where the tunnel is configured.
DSP TUNNEL MOD TUNNEL RMV TUNNEL LST TUNNEL
GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:0 SSN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD TUNNEL
MRFD-221501
DSP TUNNEL MOD TUNNEL
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB)
RMV TUNNEL LST TUNNEL
Meaning:Indicates the number of the source slot where the tunnel is configured. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
TUNNELID
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD TUNNEL DSP TUNNEL MOD TUNNEL
MRFD-221501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB)
Meaning:Indicates the index of the tunnel.
RMV TUNNEL
GUI Value Range:0~14
LST TUNNEL
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~14 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
332
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
DCN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD TUNNEL
MRFD-221501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB)
Meaning:Indicates the number of the destination cabinet where the tunnel is located.
MOD TUNNEL DSP TUNNEL LST TUNNEL
GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None DSN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD TUNNEL
MRFD-221501
MOD TUNNEL DSP TUNNEL
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB)
LST TUNNEL
Meaning:Indicates the number of the destination slot where the tunnel is located. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
CN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
DSP BRDRAT
None
None
LST UTRP MOD UTRP SET BRDRAT
Meaning:Indicates the cabinet number of the extension transmission board. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
333
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
DSP BRDRAT
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the subrack number of the extension transmission board.
LST UTRP MOD UTRP SET BRDRAT
GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:None SN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
DSP BRDRAT
None
None
LST UTRP MOD UTRP SET BRDRAT
Meaning:Indicates the slot number of the extension transmission board. GUI Value Range:0~6 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~6 Default Value:None
DSRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD TUNNEL MOD TUNNEL DSP TUNNEL
MRFD-221501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB)
LST TUNNEL
Meaning:Indicates the number of the destination subrack where the tunnel is located. GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
334
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PATHTYPE
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
GBFD-118601
Abis over IP
MOD IPPATH
GBFD-118611
Abis IP over E1/ T1
Meaning:Indicates the type of the IP path. FIXED indicates that this IP path is used to carry the service with specified Quality of Service (QoS), that is, with a specified DSCP. ANY indicates that this IP Path can be used to carry services of any QoS and hence is used to carry the service without a specified DSCP.
LST IPPATH
GUI Value Range:FIXED (Fixed QoS), ANY(Any QoS) Unit:None Actual Value Range:FIXED, ANY Default Value:FIXED (Fixed QoS)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
335
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
IP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD OMCH
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the local IP address of a remote maintenance channel.
MOD OMCH DSP OMCH LST OMCH
GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None CN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP
None
None
DSP RSCGRP MOD RSCGRP RMV RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
Meaning:Indicates the number of the cabinet that houses the board where a transmission resource group is established. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:0
SRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP
None
None
DSP RSCGRP MOD RSCGRP RMV RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
Meaning:Indicates the number of the subrack that houses the board where a transmission resource group is established. GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
336
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the number of the slot corresponding to the board where a transmission resource group is established.
DSP RSCGRP MOD RSCGRP RMV RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None BEAR
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP DSP RSCGRP
WRFD-050404
ATM/IP Dual Stack Node B
MOD RSCGRP RMV RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
Meaning:Indicates the bearer type of the transmission group. The LTE currently does not support ATM. GUI Value Range:ATM (ATM), IP(IP) Unit:None Actual Value Range:ATM, IP Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
337
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SBT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the type of sub-board on the transmission group. The LTE currently does not support UNCHANNEL LED_COVERB OARD.
DSP RSCGRP MOD RSCGRP RMV RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
GUI Value Range:BASE_B OARD(Base Board), UNCHANNEL LED_COVERB OARD (Unchannelled Cover Board), E1_COVERBO ARD(E1 Cover Board), BACK_BOAR D(Back Board), ETH_COVERB OARD(Ethernet Cover Board) Unit:None Actual Value Range:BASE_B OARD, UNCHANNEL LED_COVERB OARD, E1_COVERBO ARD, BACK_BOAR D, ETH_COVERB OARD Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
338
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the type of port where a transmission resource group is carried. The LTE currently does not support STM1, IMA, UNI, or FRAATM.
DSP RSCGRP MOD RSCGRP RMV RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
GUI Value Range:IMA (IMA Group), UNI(UNI Link), STM1(STM1), FRAATM (FRAATM Link), PPP(PPP Link), MPGRP (Multi-link PPP Group), ETH (Ethernet Port), ETHTRK (Ethernet Trunk), TUNNEL (Tunnel) Unit:None Actual Value Range:IMA, UNI, STM1, FRAATM, PPP, MPGRP, ETH, ETHTRK, TUNNEL Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
339
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the number of the port where the transmission resource group is configured.
DSP RSCGRP MOD RSCGRP RMV RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
GUI Value Range:0~15 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~15 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
340
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RSCGRPID
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP
WRFD-021304 06
Transmission Recourse Sharing on Iub/ Iur Interface
Meaning:Indicates the ID of a transmission resource group.When you add a PPP link, an MP group, an Ethernet port, an Ethernet trunk, a tunnel, or a PPPoE link, the system automatically creates an algorithm for the transmission resource group with Transmission Resource Group ID set to DEFAULTPOR T(Default Port). When you remove any of the preceding objects, the system automatically removes the algorithm for the transmission resource group.
DSP RSCGRP MOD RSCGRP RMV RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
GUI Value Range:0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, DEFAULTPOR T(Default Port) Unit:None Actual Value Range:0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
341
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
8 Parameters
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description DEFAULTPOR T Default Value:None
RU
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP MOD RSCGRP DSP RSCGRP
WRFD-021304 06
Transmission Recourse Sharing on Iub/ Iur Interface
LST RSCGRP
Meaning:Indicates the rate unit of the TX bandwidth, RX bandwidth, TX CIR, RX CIR, TX PIR and RX PIR of the transmission resource group. The LTE currently does not support CELL/S. GUI Value Range:KBPS (Kbit/s), CELL/ S(cell/s) Unit:None Actual Value Range:KBPS, CELL/S Default Value:KBPS (Kbit/s)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
342
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TXBW
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP
WRFD-021304 06
Transmission Recourse Sharing on Iub/ Iur Interface
Meaning:Indicates the maximum uplink bandwidth of a transmission resource group at the MAC layer when the transmission resource group is carried over IP. This parameter value is used as the uplink transport admission bandwidth and TX traffic shaping bandwidth.The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 360 Mbit/s TX bandwidth.The WMPT can be configured with a maximum of 300 Mbit/s TX bandwidth.The UMPT can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s TX bandwidth.The value of TX bandwidth is set to the maximum value of TX bandwidth supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one.
MOD RSCGRP DSP RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
343
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
8 Parameters
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description GUI Value Range: 32~1000000 Unit:None Actual Value Range: 32~1000000 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
344
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RXBW
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD RSCGRP
WRFD-021304 06
Transmission Recourse Sharing on Iub/ Iur Interface
Meaning:Indicates the RX bandwidth of a transmission resource group.To LTE, this parameter value is also used as the downlink transport admission bandwidth.The minimum rate supported by the UMPTb is 64 Kbit/s.The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 540 Mbit/s RX bandwidth.The WMPT can be configured with a maximum of 300 Mbit/s RX bandwidth.The UMPT can be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s RX bandwidth.The value of RX bandwidth is set to the maximum value of RX bandwidth supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one.
MOD RSCGRP DSP RSCGRP LST RSCGRP
WRFD-010610 10
HSDPA Flow Control
GUI Value Range: 32~1000000 Unit:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
345
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
8 Parameters
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description Actual Value Range: 32~1000000 Default Value:None
PATHID
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
WRFD-050402
DSP IPPATH LST IPPATH
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the ID of an IP path.
MOD IPPATH
GUI Value Range:0~65535
RMV IPPATH
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~65535 Default Value:None
CN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
None
None
MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
Meaning:Indicates the cabinet number of the board where the IP path is located. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:0
SRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
None
None
MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
Meaning:Indicates the subrack number of the board where the IP path is located. GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
346
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the slot number of the board where the IP path is located.
MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None SBT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
None
None
MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
Meaning:Indicates the type of sub-board on the board where the IP path is established. GUI Value Range:BASE_B OARD(Base Board), E1_COVERBO ARD(E1 Cover Board), BACK_BOAR D(Back Board), ETH_COVERB OARD(Ethernet Cover Board) Unit:None Actual Value Range:BASE_B OARD, E1_COVERBO ARD, BACK_BOAR D, ETH_COVERB OARD Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
347
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the physical port type of the IP path.
MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
GUI Value Range:PPP(PPP Link), MPGRP (Multi-link PPP Group), ETH (Ethernet Port), ETHTRK (Ethernet Trunk), LOOPINT (Loopback Interface), TUNNEL (Tunnel) Unit:None Actual Value Range:PPP, MPGRP, ETH, ETHTRK, LOOPINT, TUNNEL Default Value:None PN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
None
None
MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
Meaning:Indicates the number of the port where the IP path is configured. GUI Value Range:0~35 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~35 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
348
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
JNRSCGRP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
WRFD-021304 06
Transmission Recourse Sharing on Iub/ Iur Interface
Meaning:Indicates whether the IP path joins a transmission resource group. If this parameter is set to DISABLE, the IP path is established on the default transmission resource group on a specific physical port.
MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
GUI Value Range:DISABL E(Disable), ENABLE (Enable) Unit:None Actual Value Range:DISABL E, ENABLE Default Value:DISABL E(Disable) LOCALIP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the local IP address of an IP path. The value 0.0.0.0 indicates that the local IP address needs to be negotiated. GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
349
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PEERIP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the peer IP address of the IP path.
MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None DSCP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD IPPATH MOD IPPATH LST IPPATH
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the differentiated services code point (DSCP) of the services carried on an IP path. GUI Value Range:0~63 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~63 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
350
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
RXBW
BTS3900 WCDMA
None
WRFD-010610 10
HSDPA Flow Control
Meaning:Indicates the RX bandwidth of the IP path. When the IP path is not added to a transmission resource group, the RX bandwidth cannot be greater than the maximum RX bandwidth of the physical port. When the IP path is added to a transmission resource group, the RX bandwidth cannot be greater than the maximum RX bandwidth of the physical port on which the transmission resource group is established. GUI Value Range: 8~1000000 Unit:Kbit/s Actual Value Range: 8~1000000 Default Value:8
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
351
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TXBW
BTS3900 WCDMA
None
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the TX bandwidth of an IP path. When the IP path is not added to a transmission resource group, the TX bandwidth cannot be greater than the maximum TX bandwidth of the physical port. When the IP path is added to a transmission resource group, the TX bandwidth cannot be greater than the maximum TX bandwidth of the physical port on which the transmission resource group is established. GUI Value Range: 8~1000000 Unit:Kbit/s Actual Value Range: 8~1000000 Default Value:8
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
352
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
TXCBS
BTS3900 WCDMA
None
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the TX committed burst size at the IP path. GUI Value Range: 15000~1550000 00 Unit:bit Actual Value Range: 15000~1550000 00 Default Value: 15000
TXEBS
BTS3900 WCDMA
None
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the TX excessive burst size at the IP path. GUI Value Range: 0~155000000 Unit:bit Actual Value Range: 0~155000000 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
353
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
MASK
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD OMCH
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates the local subnet mask of a remote maintenance channel.
MOD OMCH DSP OMCH LST OMCH
GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None PEERIP
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD OMCH MOD OMCH
WRFD-050404
ATM/IP Dual Stack Node B
DSP OMCH LST OMCH
Meaning:Indicates the peer IP address of the remote maintenance channel, indicates the IP address of the U2000 in an IP network and the device IP address of the RNC in an ATM network. GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
354
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
PEERMASK
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD OMCH
WRFD-050404
ATM/IP Dual Stack Node B
Meaning:Indicates the subnet mask of the peer IP address for the remote maintenance channel.
MOD OMCH DSP OMCH LST OMCH
GUI Value Range:Valid IP address Unit:None Actual Value Range:Valid IP address Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
355
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
BEAR
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD OMCH
WRFD-050404
ATM/IP Dual Stack Node B
Meaning:Indicates the bearer type of a remote maintenance channel. This parameter can be set to ATM or IPV4. If this parameter is set to ATM, the Element Management System (EMS) uses the ATM transport network to maintain the device. If this parameter is set to IPV4, the EMS uses the IP transport network to maintain the device.
MOD OMCH DSP OMCH LST OMCH
GUI Value Range:ATM (ATM), IPV4 (IPV4) Unit:None Actual Value Range:ATM, IPV4 Default Value:IPV4 (IPV4)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
356
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
CN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA
ADD OMCH
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the cabinet number of the board where the remote maintenance channel is located.
MOD OMCH DSP OMCH LST OMCH
GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:0 SRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA
ADD OMCH
None
None
MOD OMCH DSP OMCH LST OMCH
Meaning:Indicates the subrack number of the board where the remote maintenance channel is located. GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:0
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
357
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA
ADD OMCH
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the slot number of the board where the remote maintenance channel is located.
MOD OMCH DSP OMCH LST OMCH
GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
358
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SBT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA
ADD OMCH
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the type of sub-board on the board where a remote maintenance channel is established.
MOD OMCH DSP OMCH LST OMCH
GUI Value Range:BASE_B OARD(Base Board), UNCHANNEL LED_COVERB OARD (Unchannelled Cover Board), E1_COVERBO ARD(E1 Cover Board), BACK_BOAR D(Back Board) Unit:None Actual Value Range:BASE_B OARD, UNCHANNEL LED_COVERB OARD, E1_COVERBO ARD, BACK_BOAR D Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
359
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
BRT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD OMCH
WRFD-050402
IP Transmission Introduction on Iub Interface
Meaning:Indicates whether a route is bound to the remote maintenance channel. If the peer IP of the remote maintenance channel and device IP addresses are not in the same network segment and the network segment of the device IP address cannot cover that of the peer IP address, run the ADD IPRT command to add a route to the remote maintenance channel. If this parameter is set to YES, a route is bound to the remote maintenance channel, and the route takes effect only when the remote maintenance takes effect. If this parameter is set to NO, no route is bound to the remote maintenance channel, and a remote maintenance channel switchover does
MOD OMCH DSP OMCH LST OMCH
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
360
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
8 Parameters
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description not trigger a route status switchover. GUI Value Range:NO(No), YES(Yes) Unit:None Actual Value Range:NO, YES Default Value:NO(No)
LN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD CTRLLNK
None
None
LST CTRLLNK MOD CTRLLNK
Meaning:Indicates the number of the control link at the local end. GUI Value Range:0~255
RMV CTRLLNK
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~255 Default Value:None
CN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD CTRLLNK
None
None
DSP CTRLLNKSTA T MOD CTRLLNK LST CTRLLNK
Meaning:Indicates the cabinet number of the local node at one end of the control link. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
361
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
SRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD CTRLLNK
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the subrack number of the local node at one end of the control link.
DSP CTRLLNKSTA T MOD CTRLLNK
GUI Value Range:0~1
LST CTRLLNK
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:None
SN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD CTRLLNK
None
None
DSP CTRLLNKSTA T MOD CTRLLNK
Meaning:Indicates the slot number of the local node at one end of the control link. GUI Value Range:0~7
LST CTRLLNK
Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
UPCN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD CTRLLNK
None
None
MOD CTRLLNK LST CTRLLNK
Meaning:Indicates the cabinet number of the upper-level node at the other end of the control link. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
362
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
UPSRN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD CTRLLNK
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the subrack number of the upperlevel node at the other end of the control link.
MOD CTRLLNK LST CTRLLNK
GUI Value Range:0~1 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~1 Default Value:None UPSN
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD CTRLLNK
None
None
MOD CTRLLNK LST CTRLLNK
Meaning:Indicates the slot number of the upper-level node at the other end of the control link. GUI Value Range:0~7 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~7 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
363
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
8 Parameters
Parameter ID
NE
MML Command
Feature ID
Feature Name
Description
UPPT
BTS3900, BTS3900 WCDMA, BTS3900 LTE
ADD CTRLLNK
None
None
Meaning:Indicates the port number of the upper-level node at the other end of the control link. Values 0 to 4 indicate the ports M0 to M4 on the UCIU, and value 8 indicates the CI port on the UMPT.
MOD CTRLLNK LST CTRLLNK
GUI Value Range:0~4,8 Unit:None Actual Value Range:0~4,8 Default Value:None
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
364
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
9 Counters
9
Counters
Table 9-1 Counter description Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
1542455856
VS.TUNNEL.T xBytes
Number of Bytes Transmitted in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
365
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
9 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
1542455857
VS.TUNNEL.T xPackets
Number of Packets Transmitted in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
1542455858
VS.TUNNEL.R xBytes
Number of Bytes Received in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501 MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
366
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
9 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
1542455859
VS.TUNNEL.R xPackets
Number of Packets Received in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
1542455860
VS.TUNNEL.T xMaxSpeed
Maximum Transmit Rate in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501 MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
367
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
9 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
1542455861
VS.TUNNEL.T xMinSpeed
Minimum Transmit Rate in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
1542455862
VS.TUNNEL.T xMeanSpeed
Average Transmit Rate in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501 MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
368
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
9 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
1542455863
VS.TUNNEL.R xMaxSpeed
Maximum Receive Rate in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
1542455864
VS.TUNNEL.R xMinSpeed
Minimum Receive Rate in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501 MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
369
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
9 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
1542455865
VS.TUNNEL.R xMeanSpeed
Average Receive Rate in the Tunnel
NodeB
Multi-mode: MRFD-211501
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(GBTS)
MRFD-221501 MRFD-231501 MRFD-241501 GSM: None UMTS: None LTE: None
IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(NodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side (eNodeB) IP-Based Multimode CoTransmission on BS side(LTE TDD)
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
370
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
10 Glossary
10
Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
371
SingleRAN Common Transmission Feature Parameter Description
11
11 Reference Documents
Reference Documents
1.
IP Transmission Feature Parameter Description for SingleRAN
2.
Bandwidth Sharing of Multimode Base Station Co-Transmission Feature Parameter Description for SingleRAN
3.
3900 Series Base Station Initial Configuration Guide
Issue Draft A (2014-01-20)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
372